Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Healthcare Information Services / NextGen Healthcare / FY2010 Annual Report

NextGen Healthcare
Annual Report 2010

NXGN · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker NXGN
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Healthcare Information Services
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2010 Annual Report · NextGen Healthcare
Loading PDF…
Strategically

Positioned 

for Growth

Q U A L I T Y   S Y S T E M S,   I N C .

2 0 1 0   A N N U A L   R E P O R T

C O M P A N Y   P R O F I L E

Quality Systems, Inc. (NASDAQ:QSII) and its NextGen Healthcare subsidiary develop and 

market computer-based practice management, electronic health records and revenue cycle 

management applications as well as connectivity products and services for medical and dental 

group practices and small hospitals.

F I N A N C I A L   H I G H L I G H T S

Fiscal year ended March 31,

2010  

2009 

 2008 

2007  

 2006

Revenue 

Net income 

$291,811  $245,515  $186,500  $157,165  $119,287

48,379 

46,119 

40,078 

33,232 

23,322

Diluted earnings per share 

$1.68 

$1.62 

$1.44 

 $1.21 

$0.85

Cash dividends declared per share  

$1.20 

$1.15 

$1.00 

$1.00 

$0.875

Total shareholders’ equity 

$188,289  $155,567  $113,705 

$91,246  $72,409

 (in thousands, except per share amounts)

A B O U T   T H E   C O V E R

The front cover is a representation of a geometric shape known as a fractal.  A fractal is divisible into parts, each of 

which is a smaller copy of the whole.  Similarly, Quality Systems’ electronic-based solutions for the healthcare industry, 

such as practice management, patient records and revenue cycle management applications, can be customized into parts 

to meet the specific needs of medical, dental and ambulatory group practices as well as small hospitals.  Currently used 

by more than 60,000 physicians and dentists nationwide, Quality Systems’ solutions have been tested, trusted and proven 

and can be scaled to handle the impending nationwide demand for a unified transition to electronic health records.

 
L E T T E R   T O   S H A R E H O L D E R S

Quality  Systems’ management  team  spent

fisfi caal l 202010 strategically positioning the Company 

for growth. 

As the Healthcare Information Technon logyy ((HIH T)T)

sector awaits final word from the U.S. governmeentn  

Steven T. Plochocki 
Chief Executive Officer

Sheldon Razin 
ChaChairmirman an of of thethe Bo Boardard   

andand Fo Foundunderer

on the rules and regulations associated with tthe 2200009 9 AmAmerican Reccovoverery y anand d ReReininveveststmementnt A Actct 

(ARRA), regarding an electronic healalththcac re ssysy tem,, thehe CComompapanyny sseie zezed d ththe e chchanancece t to o prprepepararee

and position itself for this unique opportunity. 

The Right Time

ThThe e  ARARRARA,  papasss ede   into o law w  byby  C  Conongrgresess s  inin  F  Febebruruarary y  20200909,,  isis  a  a  c  comompoponenentnt  o  of f  ththe e  ObObamama a 

AdAdmiminin ststraratitionon’s’s  o  oveverarallll  e  ecocononomimic c  ststimimululusus  p  plalan.n.  L  Lasast t  yeyearar, ,  itit  w  wasas  a  annnnououncnceded  tthahat t  momorere  t  thahan n 

$2$29 9 bibillllioion n hahad d bebeenen d dededicicatateded t to o ththe e HIHIT T sesectctoror, , pupursrsuauantnt t to o ththe e HeHealalthth I Infnforormamatitionon T Tecechnhnolologogy y 

fofor r EcEcononomomicic a andnd C Clilininicacal l HeHealalthth A Actct ( (HIHITETECHCH),), w whihichch i is s papartrt o of f ththe e ARARRARA. . ThThee ARARRARA a allllococatateses 

momorere t thahan n $1$19 9 bibillllioionn toto a aidid h heaealtlthchcarare e enentitititieses a ass ththeyey s strtrivive e toto a advdvanancece t  heheirir oopeperaratitionons s ththrorougughh

ththe e imimplplememenentatatitionon o of f HIHIT T sosolulutitionons.s. A A p porortitionon o of f ththatat a amomoununt t – – $1$177.2 2 bibillllioion n – – haas s bebeenen a allllococatateded 

toto HHITIT i infnfraraststruructcturure e rerelalatitingng t to o MeMedidicacarere/M/Mededicicaiaid d inincecentntiveses f foror p phyhysisicians s anand d hohospspitalals.s. 

Q u a l i t y   S y s t e m s ,   I n c .     |       1

Time Frame for Five-year Stimulus Incentives for HITECH Adoption

75% of stimulus spent
in this time frame

Physicians
receive $12K
of stimulus

Physicians
receive $18K
of stimulus

Physicians
receive $8K
of stimulus

Physicians
receive $4K 
of stimulus

Physicians
receive $2K
of stimulus

Medicare penalties from
non-compliant HIT adoption
begin (-1%)

February 17, 2009
Bill signed

2000 to Present – 20% adoption;
Present to 2015 – Remaining 80% needs to adopt

Medicare 
      penalties (-2%)

Medicare 
     penalties (-3%)

Medicare penalties
(-5%) cap

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

20120 6

2017

2018

According to the ARRA, physicians are entitled to $44,000 each, which will be e didiviv deed d ininto five increments to be distributed 

annually. Currently, only 20 percent of the nation’s healthcare systems have adoptteded EEHR. It is the U.S. government’s intent that 

the remaining 80 percent operate on electronic medical platforms by 2015. Medicare reimbursement penalties for non-compliant 

HIT adoption begin in 2015. The government believes 75 percent of the stimulus spending will occur between 2011-2013.

Thhe portions of the stimulus plan dedicated to Federally Qualified Healthcare Centers ($1.5 

billion) and Indian Health Services ($85 million) commenced distribution during the second half

of 2009. Quality Systems is already experienced in these areeas, hahaviv ng served each for the past 

16 years. The majority of the funds allocated under the stimulus plan tied into physician incentives 

are slated to begin n in 2011 for those physicians that can demonstrate “meaningful use” of elec-

tronic healtlth h records (EHR) on a government-certified system. While the definition of “meaningful 

usu e” and the standards for certification are yet to be finalized, we believe that the Company 

is  well-positioned  to  meet  the  expected  requq irements.  The  definitions  are  expected  to  include, 

among others: e-prescribing capabilityy;; ththe ability to electronically exchange health information

to improve quality and ppromote care coordination; and the ability to report on clinical quality

measures. These incentives will be offered to the medical community through 2015.

The Right Place

Quality  Systems  proved  to  be  a  bit  of  an  anomaly  in  fiscal  2010.  The  Company  actually

expanded its network with the hiring of additional employees to join its team of professionalsls, , 

despite the challenging economic times currently facing our nation. 

2       |       2 0 1 0   A n n u a l   R e p o r t

   
  
T O U C H E T T E   &   K E N N E T H   H A L L   R E G I O N A L   H O S P I T A L S

Michael McManus
Chief Operating Officer
Touchette & Kenneth Hall Regional Hospitals
East St. Louis, IL

“Revenue cycle management work is  

Touchette  &  Kenneth  Hall  Regional 

extremely challenging and takes diligence to 

Hospitals  are  a  safety  net  hospital 

succeed. NextGen digs into the detail  

system  catering  to  the  underserved 

to truly understand the issues and works 

and  uninsured,  with  both  an  inpatient 

closely with us to optimize collections. 

and  outpatient  medical  and  surgical 

NextGen also provides value-added services, 

services  offering.  The  organization 

works  closely  with  NextGen  Practice 

Solutions  to  optimize  Revenue  Cycle 

Management  (RCM)  for  its  employed 

and  contracted  physicians.  Recently, 

Touchette  &  Kenneth  Hall  Regional 

such as additional detailed analysis and 

assistance with special projects. Whatever is 

needed, we can count on NextGen to create 

appropriate RCM solutions.”

Hospitals  were  recognized  by  the  Healthcare  Financial  Management  Association 

(HFMA) for significant RCM successes in which NextGen Practice Solutions continues 

to play a key role.

Q u a l i t y   S y s t e m s ,   I n c .     |       3

N A U T I L U S   H E A L T H C A R E   M A N A G E M E N T   G R O U P,   L L C

“My 16-year positive association with  

Debra Spindel
Vice President of Physician Services
Nautilus Healthcare Management Group, LLC
Newport Beach, CA

QSI and NextGen is a testament to how  

Nautilus  Healthcare  Management 

well the organization values its clients, 

Group’s  Debra  Spindel  has  worked 

listens to feedback and stays at the forefront 

collaboratively with QSI and NextGen 

of changes in healthcare technology. As my 

Healthcare  since  1994,  when  the 

company has changed and adapted over the 

legacy  QSI  practice  management 

years, QSI and NextGen have not only  

kept pace with technological innovations, but 

also formed a constructive partnership that 

helps us remain successful and competitive 

in the evolving HIT environment.” 

system  was  installed  in  the  first 

physician  practice.  Since  then,  she 

has  overseen  the  successful  transition 

to  the  NextGen  full  suite  of  products. 

In  addition,  NextGen  solutions  have 

aided  Nautilus  throughout  its  growth, 

helping  it  expand  into  a  healthcare 

management services organization that now contracts with more than 175 physicians. 

Nautilus  also  provides  management  services  to  two  prestigious  Southern  California 

IPAs, and its larger client, Greater Newport Physicians, has embraced NextGen as the 

EHR solution for its network of 500 physicians.

4       |       2 0 1 0   A n n u a l   R e p o r t

Over the years, NextGen Healthcare built a solid  
reputation in the HIT sector and remains one of the leading  
electronic medical solutions providers. 

Throughout the year, the Company added staff in sales, marketing, implementation and training, 

ending fiscal 2010 with nearly 1,500 full-time employees, up 244 people or 19 percent over the

prior year. It is important to note that 88 of these employees came to us from Opus Healthcare

Solutions, Inc., as result of our recent acquisition of this leading developer of clinical software and

services for the inpatient markeket.t

In addition to Opus, during fiscac l l 2010 we also acquired the assets of Sphere Health Systems, 

Inc., an established provider of inpatient financial software. The expertise of both of these compa-

nies  was  consolidated  into  our  newly  formed  acute  business  unit,  NextGen  Inpatient  Solutions. 

This business unit is focused on targeting the small hospital market – those with 100 beds or less –– 

which we view as an untapped opportunity for our Company.

The Right People

In anticipation of the release of the government’s final regulations, ddurinng g fiscal 2010, we restruc-

tured  the  Company  operationally,  establishing  clearly  defined  business  units  and  appointing 

experienced leadership to head them. These initiatives enable us to capitalize on what we exxpepect 

to be a substantial opportunity for capturing addiitit onal market share in a growing electronic health-

care environment. 

We promoted Patrick Cline, who served as president of our r NextGen Healthcare subsidiary

for 12 years, to president of Quality Systems, while Scott Decker, NextGen Healthcare’s former

senior vice president, became its president. 

Our  NextGen  Healthcare  business  unit  provides  integrated  EHR  and  practice  manage-

ment (PM) systems, connectivity solutions, and billing services for medical practices of varying 

sisizez s  and  specialties  as  well  as  small  hospitals.  Over  the  years,  NextGen  Healthcare  built

a a  sosolil d  reputation  in  the  HIT  sector  and  remains  one  of  the  leading  electronic  medical  

solulutitionons providers.

Q u a l i t y   S y s t e m s ,   I n c .     |       5

QSI Dental offers feature-rich, flexible software solutions  
to large dental practices, enabling its customers to operate more  
efficiently and cost effectively.  

Monte Sandler was named executive vice president of NextGen Practice Solutions, respon-

sible for managing the Company’s RCM efforts. He initially joined the Company from Healthcare 

Strategic  Initiatives  (HSI),  a  revenue  cycle  entity  we  acquired  in  2008.  HSI  and  Practice

Management Partners (PMP), also acquired in 2008, were both assimilated into our new RCM 

division during fiscal 2010.

Additionally, Steven Puckett was named senior vice presiidedent of NeN xtGen Inpatient Solutions,

in charge of directing the acute business unit, which encompasses Opus and Sphere.

Donn Neufeld, a Quality Systems veteran who originally joined in 1980 and recently served 

asas s senior vice president and general manager of QSI’s Dental unit, was named executive vice 

president of Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) and Dental. QSI Dental offers feature-rich, flexible

software solutions to large dental practices, enabling its custoomerss to operate more efficiently and 

cost effectively. Our dental suite of software solutions spans both clinical and financial capabili-

ties, such as patiennt t scscheh duling/registration, accounts receivable, billing, management reporting,

electronic cclalaims, statement processing and comprehensive electronic patient records, along with 

Internet applications. QSI Dental has garnered a leadership position in electronic dental solutions 

since our founding.

Lastly,  we  appointed  Tim  Eggena a exe ecutive  vice  president  of  research  and  development.

Eggena now oversees all ammbub latory research and development efforts, including, among others, ,

EHR, practice management solutions, mobile strategy, health information exchange and integra--

tion of inpatient solutions.

Collectively,  our  maanan gement  team  possesses  more  than  100  years  of  healthcare  and

technology experience, which greatly strengthens our position in leading the way as we enter 

unprecedented times in the HIT sector. 

6       |       2 0 1 0   A n n u a l   R e p o r t

M O N T E F I O R E   M E D I C A L   C E N T E R

Richard A. Kraut, D.D.S.
Chairman, Department of Dentistry
Montefiore Medical Center
Bronx, NY 

“When I became Chairman of the

Montefiore  Medical  Center,  one  of 

Department of Dentistry at Montefiore, 

the  largest  privately  held  healthcare 

we identified the need to transition the 

systems  in  the  U.S.,  has  been  working 

department to a paperless platform.  

with QSI Dental since July 2003 when 

QSI Dental brought to us a long-standing 

its  multi-location  dental  clinic  network 

reputation and the ability to adapt to  

searched  for  a  system  that  would 

allow  it  to  bill  and  manage  patient 

data  across  various  platforms.  QSI 

Dental  was  selected  based  on  the 

strength of its functionality, its size and 

scope  as  well  as  its  more  than  three 

decades  of  experience.  Montefiore 

Medical  Center’s  Depar tment  of 

a continually evolving healthcare industry. 

They quickly respond to technological 

advancements, government regulations and 

insurance requirements. Looking back,  

I believe QSI Dental was the right choice for 

our significant investment in EHR software.”

Dentistry utilizes the entire QSI Dental suite, including QSI Dental Enterprise Practice 

Management  and  Electronic  Dental  Record,  to  oversee  the  clinical  and  business 

components of its growing enterprise.

Q u a l i t y   S y s t e m s ,   I n c .     |       7

C R Y S T A L   R U N   H E A L T H C A R E

“NextGen’s solutions allowed us to create a 

Gregory A. Spencer, MD, FACP
Chief Medical Officer
Crystal Run Healthcare
Middletown, NY

patient-engaged, quality data-driven model 

Since 1999, Crystal Run Healthcare has 

that enhances care, eliminates duplicative 

utilized  NextGen’s  EHR  and  Practice 

testing and allows for the accessing of data – 

Management  solutions.  With  11  sites 

anytime from anywhere. Clinically, we can 

and  approximately  200  providers  that 

better manage our patient population, and 

handle  nearly  one  million  patient 

from a financial perspective, we know where 

we stand, enabling us to project growth 

while foreseeing opportunity. Furthermore,  

we achieved Level 3 PCMH recognition, 

thanks to the feature-rich capabilities of 

NextGen’s advanced EHR.”

encounters annually, the multi-specialty 

group  practice  also  recently  incor-

porated  the  NextMD  patient  portal. 

Crystal  Run  providers  personalize  the 

patient  care  they  deliver  by  capturing 

data  through  NextGen’s  EHR  at  the 

point-of-care.  Crystal  Run  was  the  first 

private  practice  in  New  York  to  attain 

accreditation from the Joint Commission, and in 2009, became one of a select few to 

earn National Committee for Quality Assurance (NCQA) certification as an advanced, 

Level 3 Patient-Centered Medical Home (PCMH).

8       |       2 0 1 0   A n n u a l   R e p o r t

Revenues
(in millions)

Diluted Earnings 
Per Share

Cash Flow from 
Operations
(in millions)

$ 300

$ 240

$ 180

$ 120

$ 60

$ 0

$ 2.00

$ 1.60

$ 1.20

$ 0.80

$ 0.40

$ 0

$ 60

$ 50

$ 40

$ 30

$ 20

$ 10

$ 0

06

07 08

09 10

06

07 08

09 10

06

07 08

09 10

Financial Performance 

Fiscal 2010 kept us busy prepariringg, acququiring and reorganizing for the opportunities ahead. We believe 

the initiatives put in place during the past fiscal year further cement our industry role as we enter the

three- to five-year growth cycle for HIT implementation. We are fully armed with a product offering that

brings to the marketplace significant growth potential, particularly across sectors with low HIT pepeneetrtratatioon. 

Revenue for the year ended March 31, 2010  reached $291.8 million, up 19 percent when 

compared with $245.5 million reported in fiscal 2009. Net income e ffor fisfi cal 2010 was $48.4

million versus $46.1 million for 2009, an increase of five percent. Fully diluted earnings per share

increased  to  $1.68,  compared  with  $1.62  last  year,  a  four  percent  ini crcrease.  The  increase  in 

revenue was primarily attributed to expansion in RCM revenue related to the acquisitions of HSI 

and PMP as well as growth in recurring revenue streams including maintenance and EDI. 

The Company continued to generate strong cash h flow from operations in fiscal 2010, enabling 

us to pay $34.3 million in dividends while leaving our casash and marketable securities position at 

$991.8 million versus $77.6 million a year ago. 

We continue to reach a diversified customer base through cutting-edge offerings of multiple

innnovative products and services that cater to medical, dental and ambulatory practices, as well

as small hospitals. From our various business units, we create customized solutions based on the 

individual needs of our growing client base, whether it is a small hospital, a management services

ororgganization, a growing dental enterprise, a large physician group practice or an expansive health

sysyststemem. At the end of the 2010 fiscal year, our broad range of electronic-based healthcare solu-

tionns s wew re utilized by more than 60,000 physicians and dentists, representing in excess of 2,300 

group prp actices. 

Q u a l i t y   S y s t e m s ,   I n c .     |       9

During our 36 years in operation, the vision to automate  
medical and dental practices has become a successful reality 
through organic growth and acquisition.

Reflection and Recognition

During our 36 years in operation, the vision to automate medical and dental practices has become 

a successful reality through organic growth and acquisition. Today, that reality continues to shape

both the HIT sector and our nation’s future electronic-based healthcare delivery system. 

In April 2009, at the start of our 2010 fiscal year, we refleccteed d ononce again on our initial vision

by ringing the opening bell at the NASDAQ Stock Market, hohonon ring our anniversary. This was a

momentous occasion for our entire organization to truly realize not only how far we have come but 

also to foresee the exciting journey that lies ahead. 

ThThe  Company  and  its  management  were  recognized  during  fiscal  2010  on  various  occa-

sions.  Founder  and  Chairman  of  the  Board  Sheldon  Razin  earned  the  2009  Excellence  in 

Entrepreneurship award from the Orange County Business Jouo rnalal ana d was named Entrepreneur 

of the Year in the Healthcare Services category by Ernst & Young in its annual Orange County/

Desert Cities awardsds pprogram. He also won the Chairman of the Year award from the American

Business AAwaw rds, which honors companies and the people behind them.

Quality  Systems’  overall  growth  was  also  acknon wledged.  The  Company  continues  to  be

among the fastest-growing HIT companies in theh  sector. Quality Systems ranked third in the 2009

Forbes list of America’s 200 Best Smallll C Companies – recognized for the ninth consecutive year,

and moving up a notch from the previous year’s spot. In addition, for the first time, the Company

ranked in the Forbes list of America’s Fastest-Growing Tech Companies. Finally, Quality Systems

received the Growth Award in the public company category from The Association for Corporate 

Growth, Orange County y Chapter (ACG OC), which recognizes a company that has exhibited

distinctive strategic positioning as well as sustainable growth and profitability during the previous 

two-year period.

1 0       |       2 0 1 0   A n n u a l   R e p o r t

T R I N I T Y   H E A L T H

Dr. Kayla Pelegrin
Director of Medical Informatics- 
Clinical Operations Improvement
Trinity Health
Novi, Michigan

Trinity Health, the nation’s fourth-largest 

Catholic  health  system,  and  NextGen 

Healthcare  forged  a  par tnership 

to  deliver  a  completely  integrated 

physician  practice  suite  of  solutions. 

These  support  Trinity’s  clinical  quality 

“Due to Trinity Health’s size and scope,  

we require the integration of an advanced 

suite of services like NextGen’s. In 

collaborating for the implementation of 

our physician practice solutions, we help 

NextGen enhance their products because they 

understand our workflow, and they help us 

initiatives  and  enhance  the  overall 

see areas of missed opportunity. Together, we 

patient  experience  by  incorporating 

are strengthening Trinity’s capabilities in the 

electronic  health  records,  practice 

delivery of patient-centered care.”

management  and  revenue  c ycle 

management,  along  with  a  patient  platform.  The  customized  solutions  designed 

for  Trinity  work  in  unison  to  ensure  continuity  of  care,  maximize  revenue,  improve 

workflow,  capture  appropriate  documentation  and  provide  meaningful  data  while 

enhancing sharing among the communities it serves.

Q u a l i t y   S y s t e m s ,   I n c .     |       11

After a fiscal year spent dedicated to reorganization, hard work and preparation for the future 

opportunities that await us, we now view our Company as optimally positioned to capture addi-

tional market share and capitalize on this right-place, right-time opportunity. 

The Company has secured its leadership position as a result of the focused efforts put forth by 

many parties engaged in our business operations. We want to thanank k ththose who continue to support

the Company on the road to success: our shareholders for theeirr oongoioing investment; our Board of 

Directors for their guidance; our customers for their dedication; and our employees for their tireless

commitment. Each has played a key role in where we are today.

ThThe entire Quality Systems organization is excited about the considerable opportunity the 

next decade holds as we enter into an extraordinary time for our Company, the HIT sector and 

the nation.

Respectfully,

Sheldon Razin

Steven T. Plochocki

Chairman of the Board 
and Founder

Chief Executive Officer

1 2       |       2 0 1 0   A n n u a l   R e p o r t

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549
FORM 10-K

(Mark One)
(cid:95) ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fi scal year ended March 31, 2010

or

(cid:134) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                             to                           

Commission File Number: 001-12537

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specifi ed in its charter)

California
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)

95-2888568
(IRS employer identifi cation no.)

18111 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 600, Irvine, California
,
(Address of principal executive offi ces)

,

,

92612
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
(
(949) 255-2600

)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Common Stock, $0.01 Par Value
, $
Title of each class

NASDAQ Global Select Market
Name of each exchange on which registered

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  is  a  well-known  seasoned  issuer,  as  defined  in  Rule  405  of  the  Securities  Act.
Yes  (cid:134)  No  (cid:95)

fi

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  is  not  required  to  file  reports  pursuant  to  Section  13  or  Section  15(d)  of  the  Act.
Yes  (cid:134)  No  (cid:95)

fi

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be fi
fi
led by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such 
fi
reports), and (2) has been subject to such fi ling requirements for the past 90 days. Yes 

(cid:95)   No  (cid:134)

fi

fi

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every 
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter)
during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the  registrant  was  required  to  submit  and  post  such  files). 
Yes  (cid:134)   No  (cid:134)

fi

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will
not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference 
fi
in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. (cid:134)

fi

1

 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a
smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” 
in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer   (cid:95)

Accelerated Filer   (cid:134)

Non-accelerated Filer   (cid:134)
(Do not check if a smaller 

reporting company)

Smaller reporting company  (cid:134)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes (cid:134)  No (cid:95)

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant as of September 30, 2009: $1,168,507,000 
(based on the closing sales price of the Registrant’s common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on that 
date of $61.57 per share).*

The Registrant has no non-voting common equity.

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the Registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

Common Stock,, $$.01 ppar value
(Class)

vv

28,884,481
(Outstanding at May 21, 2010)

,

,

* For  purposes  of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  in  addition  to  those  shareholders  which  fall  within  the  definition  of 
“affiliates” under Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, holders of ten percent or more of the Registrant’s com-
mon stock are deemed to be affiliates for purposes of this Report.

Documents Incorporated bybb Reference

RR

The following documents (or parts thereof) are incorporated by
reference into the following parts of this Form 10-K:

Proxy Statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders – 
Part III Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14.

2

  
 
 
QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
FORM 10-K
For the Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2010

Item  

Item 1. 

Business 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors 

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments 

Item 2. 

Properties 

Item 3. 

Legal Proceedings

Item 4. 

Reserved

Part I

Part II

Page

4

12

22

22

22

22

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Stock, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities  23

Item 6. 

Selected Financial Data

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Item 8. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Item 9. 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures 

Item 9B.  Other Information 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Offi cers and Corporate Governance 

Item 11. 

Executive Compensation

Part III

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Benefi cial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

Item 14. 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

Part IV

Item 15. 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

Signatures

25

26

48

49

49

49

49

50

50

50

50

50

50

54

3

  
 
Cautionary Statement

fi

Statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Report”), the Annual Report to Shareholders in which this Report is 
made a part, other reports and proxy statements filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), communi-
cations to shareholders, press releases and oral statements made by our representatives that are not historical in nature, or that 
state our or management’s intentions, hopes, beliefs, expectations or predictions of the future, may constitute “forward-looking
statements” within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).
Forward-looking statements can often be identifi ed by the use of forward-looking terminology, such as “could,” “should,” “will,”
“will be,” “will lead,” “will assist,” “intended,” “continue,” “believe,” “may,” “expect,” “hope,” “anticipate,” “goal,” “forecast,” “plan,”
or “estimate” or variations thereof or similar expressions. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance. 

fi

Forward-looking statements involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. It is important to note that any such performance and
actual results, financial condition or business, could differ materially from those expressed in such forward-looking statements. 
Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, the risk factors discussed in Item 1A of
this Report as well as factors discussed elsewhere in this and other reports and documents we file with the Commission. Other
unforeseen factors not identifi ed herein could also have such an effect. We undertake no obligation to update or revise forward-
looking statements to refl ect changed assumptions, the occurrence of unanticipated events or changes in future operating results,
financial condition or business over time unless required by law. Interested persons are urged to review the risks described und
er
fi
Item 1A. “Risk Factors” and in Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”
as well as in our other public disclosures and filings with the Commission.

fi

fi

Part I

expanded  our  information  processing  systems  to  serve  the 
medical market. In the mid-1990’s, we made two acquisitions 
that accelerated our penetration of the medical market. These
two acquisitions formed the basis for the NextGen Division.
Today, we serve the medical and dental markets through our
NextGen Division and QSI Dental Division.

Business Segments

Historically,  the  Company  has  operated  principally  through
two operating divisions:  QSI Dental Division and NextGen 
Division. Through our acquisitions of HSI and PMP in 2008, 
we continued to strengthen our RCM service offerings. During 
fi scal year 2010, as a result of certain organizational changes,
fi
the composition of the Company’s NextGen Division was re-
vised to exclude the former NextGen Practice Solutions unit and
the Company’s RCM entities (HSI and PMP), both of which are
now administered and aggregated in the Company’s Practice 
Solutions Division. Following the reorganization, the Company
now operates three reportable operating segments (not includ-
ing Corporate), comprised of the NextGen Division, the QSI
Dental Division and the Practice Solutions Division. As a result, 
our fi scal year 2010 and 2009 results have been re-casted 
to refl ect this change.

fi

ITEM 1. Business

Company Overview

(“Practice  Solutions  Division”) 

Quality Systems, Inc., including its wholly-owned subsidiaries, 
is comprised of the QSI Dental Division, NextGen Healthcare
Information  Systems,  Inc.  (“NextGen  Division”),  including
NextGen Sphere, LLC and Opus Healthcare Solutions, Inc.,
and  Lackland  Acquisition  II,  LLC  dba  Healthcare  Strategic
Initiatives  (“HSI”)  and  Practice  Management  Partners,  Inc. 
(“PMP”) 
the
“Company”, “we”, “our”, or “us”). The Company develops and
markets healthcare information systems that automate certain
aspects  of  medical  and  dental  practices,  networks  of  prac-
tices  such  as  physician  hospital  organizations  (“PHOs”)  and 
management  service  organizations  (“MSOs”),  ambulatory 
care  centers,  community  health  centers,  and  medical  and
dental  schools.  The  Company  also  provides  revenue  cycle
management (“RCM”) services through the Practice Solutions
Division. 

(collectively, 

The Company, a California corporation formed in 1974, was 
founded with an early focus on providing information systems 
to dental group practices. In the mid-1980’s, we capitalized on
the increasing focus on medical cost containment and further

4

The following table breaks down our reported segment revenue and segment revenue growth by division for the years ended 
March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:

Segment Revenue Breakdown
for the Year Ended March 31,

Segment Revenue Growth
for the Year Ended March 31,

QSI Dental Division

NextGen Division

Practice Solutions Division

2010

5.9%

79.4%

14.7%

2009

6.5%

83.1%

10.4%

2008

8.6%

91.4%

0.0%

Consolidated

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

2010

8.1%

13.6%

67.5%

18.9%

2009

(1.2)%

19.6%

N/A

31.6%

2008

(3.3)%

21.3%

N/A

18.7%

QSI Dental Division. The QSI Dental Division, co-located with 
our  Corporate  Headquarters  in  Irvine,  California,  currently 
focuses  on  developing,  marketing  and  supporting  software 
suites sold to dental and certain niche medical practices. In
addition, the Division supports a number of medical clients that 
utilize its UNIX based medical practice management software 
product and Software as a Service, or SaaS model, based
NextDDS fi nancial and clinical software.

fi

The QSI Dental Division’s practice management software suite
utilizes  a  UNIX  operating  system.  Its  Clinical  Product  Suite
(“CPS”) utilizes a Windows NT operating system and can be
fully integrated with the practice management software from
each Division. CPS incorporates a wide range of clinical tools
including, but not limited to, periodontal charting and digital 
imaging of X-ray and inter-oral camera images as part of the 
electronic patient record. The Division develops, markets, and 
manages our Electronic Data Interchange (“EDI”)/connectivity
applications. The QSInet Application Service Provider (“ASP/
Internet”)  offering  is  also  developed  and  marketed  by  the 
Division. 

In July 2009, we licensed source code from PlanetDDS, Inc. 
that will allow us to deliver hosted, web-based SaaS model 
practice  management  and  clinical  software  solutions  to  the 
dental industry. The software solution will be marketed primar-
ily to the multi-location dental group practice market in which
the Division has historically been a dominant player. This new
software solution (NextDDS) brings the QSI Dental Division to
the forefront of the emergence of internet based applications
and cloud computing and represents a signifi cant growth op-
portunity  for  the  Division  to  sell  both  to  its  existing  customer 
base as well as new customers. 

NextGen Division. The NextGen Division, with headquarters 
in Horsham, Pennsylvania, and signifi cant locations in Atlanta,
Georgia and Austin, Texas, provides integrated clinical, finan-
cial  and  connectivity  solutions  for  ambulatory,  inpatient  and
dental provider organizations.

fi

fi

On  August  12,  2009,  we  acquired  NextGen  Sphere,  LLC
(“Sphere”), a provider of financial information systems to the
small  hospital  inpatient  market.  This  acquisition  is  also  part
of our strategy to expand into the small hospital market and 
to add new customers by taking advantage of cross selling
opportunities between the ambulatory and inpatient markets. 

On  February  10,  2010,  we  acquired  Opus  Healthcare 
Solutions, Inc. (“Opus”), a provider of clinical information sys-
tems to the small hospital inpatient market. Founded in 1987
and  headquartered  in  Austin,  Texas,  Opus  delivers  web-
based  clinical  solutions  to  hospital  systems  and  integrated 
health  networks  nationwide.  This  acquisition  complements
and will be integrated with the assets of Sphere. Both compa-
nies are established developers of software and services for
the  inpatient  market  and  will  operate  under  the  Company’s 
NextGen Division. 

The NextGen Division’s major product categories include:

•  NextGen  ambulatory  product  suite  that  integrates  as
one system to streamline patient care with standardized,
real-time clinical and administrative workfl ow through the
practice, which consists of:

o  NextGen Electronic Health Records (“NextGenehr”) to 
ensure complete, accurate documentation to manage
patient care electronically and to improve clinical pro-
cesses and patient outcomes with electronic charting 
at the point of care; and

o NextGen Enterprise Practice Management (“NextGenepm”)
to  automate  business  processes,  from  front-end 
scheduling to back-end collections and financial and
administrative  processes  for  increased  performance
and effi ciencies.

fi

•  NextGen  inpatient  products  that  deliver  secure,  highly 
adaptable, and easy to use applications to patient cen-
tered hospitals and health systems, which consists of:

o  NextGen Clinicals, which resides on an advanced 
truly active web 2.0 platform – and is designed to initi-
ate widespread work effi ciency and communication, 

5

reduce  errors  and  time-to-chart,  and  improve  care; 
and

o  NextGen Financials, which is a financial and adminis-
trative system that helps hospitals signifi cantly improve 
the  smart  operations  and  fi nancial  and  regulatory 
fi
management of their facilities.

fi

Practice Solutions Division provides technology solutions and 
consulting services to cover the full spectrum of providers’ rev-
enue cycle needs from patient access to claims denials.

Practice Solutions Division revenue growth in both fi scal years 
2010  and  2009  was  impacted  by  the  acquisitions  of  HSI 
and PMP in May 2008 and October 2008, respectively.

fi

•  NextGen Community Connectivity, which consists of:

o  NextGen  Health 

Information  Exchange 

(“HIE”),
formerly  Community  Health  Solution,  to  exchange
patient  data  securely  with  community  healthcare
organizations;

o  NextGen  Patient  Portal  (“NextMD.com”)  to  commu-
nicate  with  patients  online  and  import  information
directly into NextGenehr; and

o  NextGen  Health  Quality  Measures  (“HQM”)  to 
allow seamless quality measurement and reporting for
practice and physician performance initiatives.

The  NextGen  Division  products  utilize  Microsoft  Windows 
technology  and  can  operate  in  a  client-server  environment
as  well  as  via  private  intranet,  the  Internet,  or  in  an  ASP 
environment. 

Services provided by the NextGen Division include:

•  EDI services that are intended to automate a number of 
manual, often paper-based or telephony  intensive com-
munications  between  patients  and/or  providers  and/or
payors;

•  Hosting services that allow practices seeking the benefits fi
of  IT  automation  but  not  the  maintenance  of  in-house
hardware and networking;

•  NextGuard  –  Data  Protection  services  that  provide  an 
off-site, data archiving, restoration, and disaster recovery
preparedness solution for practices to protect clinical and 
fi
financial data;

•  Consulting services, such as data conversions or interface
development, that allow practices to build custom add-on
features; and

• 

Physician Resources services that allow practices to con-
sult with the NextGen Division’s physician team.

Practice  Solutions  Division. The  Practice  Solutions  Division,
with locations in St. Louis, Missouri and Hunt Valley, Maryland,
focuses primarily on providing physician practices with RCM
services,  primarily  billing  and  collection  services  for  medi-
cal practices. This Division combines a web-delivered SaaS
model and the NextGenepm software platform to execute its
service offerings. We  intend to transition our customer base
onto  the  NextGen  platform  within  the  next  two  years.  The 

6

On May 20, 2008, we acquired St. Louis-based HSI, a full-
service healthcare RCM company. HSI operates under the um-
brella of the Company’s Practice Solutions Division. Founded
in  1996,  HSI  provides  RCM  services  to  providers  including 
health  systems,  hospitals,  and  physicians  in  private  practice 
with an in-house team of more than 200 employees, including
specialists in medical billing, coding and compliance, payor
credentialing, and information technology. We intend to cross 
sell both software and RCM services to the acquired customer 
base of HSI and the NextGen Division.

On October 28, 2008, we acquired Maryland-based PMP,
a  full-service  healthcare  RCM  company.  This  acquisition  is
also  part  of  our  growth  strategy  for  our  Practice  Solutions 
Division. Similar to HSI, PMP operates under the umbrella of 
the Company’s Practice Solutions Division. Founded in 2001,
PMP provides physician billing and technology management 
services to healthcare providers, primarily in the Mid-Atlantic 
region. We  intend to cross sell both software and RCM ser-
vices to the acquired customer base of PMP and the NextGen 
Division.

fi

The three Divisions operate largely as stand-alone operations,
with each Division maintaining its own distinct product lines,
product platforms, development, implementation and support 
teams, sales staffi ng and branding. The three Divisions share
the resources of our “corporate offi ce,” which includes a variety
of accounting and other administrative functions. Additionally,
there are a small but growing number of clients who are simul-
taneously utilizing software or services from more than one of
our three Divisions. 

We continue to pursue product and service enhancement ini-
tiatives within each Division. The majority of such expenditures 
are  currently  targeted  to  the  NextGen  Division  product  line 
and client base. 

Industry Background

The turbulence in the worldwide economy has impacted al-
most all industries. While healthcare is not immune to economic 
cycles, we believe it is more resilient than most segments of the 
economy. The impact of the current economic conditions on
our existing and prospective clients has been mixed. We con-
tinue to see organizations that are doing fairly well operation-
ally; however, some organizations with a large dependency 

fi

on  Medicaid  populations  are  being  impacted  by  the  chal-
lenging fi nancial condition of the many state governments in 
whose  jurisdictions  they  conduct  business.  A  positive  factor
for U.S. healthcare is the fact that the Obama Administration 
is  pursuing  broad  healthcare  reform  aimed  at  improving  is-
sues  surrounding  healthcare.  The  American  Recovery  and 
Reinvestment  Act  (“ARRA”),  which  became  law  on  February 
17, 2009, includes more than $20 billion to help healthcare
organizations modernize operations through the acquisition of
health care information technology. While we are unsure of
the immediate impact from the ARRA, the long-term potential 
could be signifi cant. 

Moreover, to compete in the continually changing healthcare 
environment,  providers  are  increasingly  using  technology  to
help maximize the effi ciency of their business practices, to as-
sist in enhancing patient care, and to maintain the privacy of 
patient information. 

fi

As the reimbursement environment continues to evolve, more 
healthcare providers enter into contracts, often with multiple en-
tities, which define the terms under which care is administered
and paid. The diversity of payor organizations, as well as ad-
ditional government regulation and changes in reimbursement 
models,  have  greatly  increased  the  complexity  of  pricing, 
billing, reimbursement, and records management for medical 
and dental practices. To operate effectively, healthcare pro-
vider organizations must effi ciently manage patient care and 
other information and workfl ow processes, which increasingly
extend across multiple locations and business entities.

fi

In  response,  healthcare  provider  organizations  have  placed
increasing  demands  on  their  information  systems.  Initially, 
these information systems automated financial and administra-
tive functions. As it became necessary to manage patient fl ow
processes, the need arose to integrate “back-offi ce” data with 
such clinical information as patient test results and offi ce visits. 
We believe information systems must facilitate management of 
patient information incorporating administrative, financial and
clinical  information  from  multiple  entities.  In  addition,  large 
healthcare organizations increasingly require information sys-
tems that can deliver high performance in environments with 
multiple concurrent computer users.

fi

Many existing healthcare information systems were designed
for limited administrative tasks such as billing and scheduling 
and  can  neither  accommodate  multiple  computing  environ-
ments  nor  operate  effectively  across  multiple  locations  and
entities. We believe that practices that leverage technology to 
more effi ciently handle patient clinical data as well as admin-
istrative,  fi nancial  and  other  practice  management  data  will
be  best  able  to  enhance  patient  fl ow,  pursue  cost  effi cien-
cies, and improve quality of care. As healthcare organizations 

fi

transition to new computer platforms and newer technologies,
we believe such organizations will be migrating toward the 
implementation  of  enterprise-wide,  patient-centric  computing
systems embedded with automated clinical patient records.

Our Strategy  

Our  strategy  is,  at  present,  to  focus  on  providing  software
and services to medical practices, dental practices, hospitals,
health centers, and other healthcare providers. Among the key 
elements of this strategy are:

•  Continued development and enhancement of select soft-

ware solutions in target markets; 

•  Continued investments in our infrastructure including, but
not  limited  to,  product  development,  sales,  marketing, 
implementation, and support;  

•  Continued efforts to make infrastructure investments within
an  overall  context  of  maintaining  reasonable  expense 
discipline; 

•  Addition  of  new  customers  through  maintaining  and 
expanding  sales,  marketing  and  product  development
activities; 

•  Expanding  our  relationship  with  existing  customers 
through delivery of add-on and complementary products 
and services; and

•  Continuing our gold standard commitment of service in

support of our customers.

While these are the key elements of our current strategy, there
can  be  no  guarantee  that  our  strategy  will  not  change,  or 
that  we  will  succeed  in  achieving  these  goals  individually
or collectively.

Products and Services

In  response  to  the  growing  need  for  more  comprehensive, 
cost-effective  healthcare  information  solutions  for  medical 
practices,  dental  practices,  hospitals,  health  centers,  and
other  healthcare  providers,  our  systems  and  services  pro-
vide  our  clients  with  the  ability  to  redesign  patient  care 
and other workfl ow processes while improving productivity
through  facilitation  of  managed  access  to  patient  informa-
tion.  Utilizing  our  proprietary  software  in  combination  with
third  party  hardware  and  software  solutions,  our  products
enable the integration of a variety of administrative and clini-
cal information operations. Leveraging more than 30 years 
of experience in the healthcare information services industry,
we believe we continue to add value by providing our cli-
ents with sophisticated, full-featured software systems along 
with  comprehensive  systems  implementation,  maintenance 
and support services. Any single transaction may or may not
include software, hardware or services. 

7

NextGen  Ambulatory  Practice  Management  Systems. Our
products  consist  primarily  of  proprietary  healthcare  software 
applications  together  with  third  party  hardware  and  other
non-industry specifi c software. The systems range in capacity 
from  one  to  thousands  of  users,  allowing  us  to  address  the 
needs of both small and large organizations. The systems are
modular in design and may be expanded to accommodate 
changing client requirements. We offer both standard licenses 
and SaaS arrangements in our software offerings; although to
date, SaaS arrangements have represented less than 5% of 
our arrangements. 

NextGenepm is the NextGen Division’s practice management 
offering. NextGenepm has been developed with a functionally
graphical user interface (“GUI”) certifi ed for use with Windows
2000 and Windows XP operating systems. The product lever-
ages a relational database (Microsoft SQL Server) with sup-
port on both 32 and 64 bit enterprise servers. NextGenepm is
a scalable, multi-module solution that includes a master patient 
index,  enterprise-wide  appointment  scheduling  with  referral 
tracking, clinical support, and centralized or decentralized pa-
tient fi nancial management based on either a managed care
or fee-for-service model. The NextGenepm product is a highly 
confi gurable, cost-effective proven solution that enables the ef-
fective management of both single and multi-practice settings.

fi

NextGen Ambulatory Clinical Systems. The NextGen Division
provides clinical software applications that are complementary
to, and are integrated with, our medical practice management
offerings and interface with many of the other leading practice
management  software  systems  on  the  market.  The  applica-
tions  incorporated  into  our  practice  management  solutions 
and  others  such  as  scheduling,  eligibility,  billing  and  claims 
processing are augmented by clinical information captured by 
NextGenehr, including services rendered and diagnoses used 
for billing purposes. We believe that we currently provide a 
comprehensive information management solution for the medi-
cal marketplace.

r

NextGenehr was developed with client-server architecture and 
a GUI and utilizes Microsoft Windows 2000, Windows NT 
or  Windows  XP  on  each  workstation  and  either  Windows
2000, Windows NT, Windows XP or UNIX on the database 
server.  NextGenehr maintains  data  using  industry  standard 
relational  database  engines  such  as  Microsoft  SQL  Server 
or Oracle. The system is scalable from one to thousands of
workstations.  NextGenehr stores  and  maintains  clinical  data
including:

r

r

•  Data captured using user-customizable input “templates”;

•  Scanned  or  electronically  acquired  images,  including

X-rays and photographs;

8

•  Data electronically acquired through interfaces with clini-

cal instruments or external systems;

•  Other  records,  documents  or  notes,  including  electroni-

cally captured handwriting and annotations; and

•  Digital voice recordings.

r

NextGenehr also offers a workfl ow module, prescription man-
agement, automatic document and letter generation, patient 
education, referral tracking, interfaces to billing and lab sys-
tems, physician alerts and reminders, and powerful reporting
and  data  analysis  tools.  NextGen  Express  is  a  version  of 
NextGenehr designed for small practices.

r

fi

QSI  Dental  Division  Practice  Management  and  Clinical 
Systems. In fi scal year 2010, we began selling a hosted SaaS
practice  management  and  clinical  software  solutions  to  the
dental industry. The software solution is marketed primarily to
the multi-location dental group practice market for which the 
Division  has  historically  been  a  dominate  player.  This  new 
software solution brings the QSI Dental Division to the forefront
of  the  emergence  of  internet  based  applications  and  cloud 
computing and represents a signifi cant growth opportunity for 
us to sell both to our existing customer base as well as new
customers.

In  addition  to  the  SaaS  practice  management  offering,  the
QSI Dental Division also sells a character-based practice man-
agement system using the IBM RS6000 central processing unit
and IBM’S AIX version of the UNIX operating system platform.
The hardware components, as well as the requisite operating
system licenses, are purchased from manufacturers or distribu-
tors  of  those  components.  We  confi gure  and  test  the  hard-
ware  components  and  incorporate  our  software  and  other
third party packages into completed systems. We continually 
evaluate third party hardware components with a view toward
utilizing hardware that is functional, reliable and cost-effective.

In addition to the SaaS clinical offering, our dental charting 
software  system,  the  CPS  is  a  comprehensive  solution  de-
signed specifi cally for the dental group practice environment.
CPS integrates the dental practice management product with
a computer-based clinical information system that incorporates
a  wide  range  of  clinical  tools,  including  electronic  charting
of dental procedures, treatment plans and existing conditions,
periodontal  charting  via  light-pen,  voice-activation,  or  key-
board entry for full periodontal examinations and PSR scoring, 
digital imaging of X-ray and intra-oral camera  images, com-
puter-based  patient  education  modules,  viewable  chair-side 
to enhance case presentation, full access to patient informa-
tion, treatment plans, and insurance plans via a fully integrated
interface with our dental practice management product and 
document and image scanning for digital storage and linkage 
to the electronic patient record.

The result is a comprehensive clinical information management 
system that helps practices save time, reduce costs, improve 
case presentation, and enhance the delivery of dental services
and quality of care. Clinical information is managed and main-
tained electronically thus forming an electronic patient record
that allows for the implementation of the “chartless” offi ce.

fi

fi

CPS  incorporates  Windows-based  client-server  technology 
consisting of one or more file servers together with any com-
bination  of  one  or  more  desktop,  laptop,  or  pen-based  PC 
workstations.  The  fi le  server(s)  used  in  connection  with  CPS 
utilize(s) Windows 2000 or Windows 2003 operating sys-
tem  and  the  hardware  is  typically  an  Intel-based  single  or 
multi-processor  platform.  Based  on  the  server  confi guration
chosen, CPS is scalable from one to hundreds of workstations. 
The hardware components, including the requisite operating 
system licenses, are purchased from third party manufacturers 
or distributors either directly by the customer or by us for resale 
to the customer.

fi

NextGen  Inpatient  Solutions. NextGen  inpatient  solutions
includes  both  clinical  and  financial  applications  to  provide 
value based solutions for even rural and community hospitals
to improve patient safety, automate order entry, and facilitate 
real-time communication of patient information throughout the 
hospital.  NextGen  inpatient  solutions  are  highly  scalable,
secure and easy to use with a Web 2.0 based clinical com-
ponent that leverages full “cloud computing” capabilities. 

Revenue Cycle Management Services. Our Practice Solutions
Division offers RCM services to physicians. Our RCM service 
automates and manages billing-related functions for physician
practices  to  help  manage  reimbursement  quickly  and  effi -
ciently. RCM services generally include:

•  Electronic  claims  submission  service  that  submits  Health 
Insurance  Portability  and  Accountability  Act  of  1996
(“HIPAA”)  compliant  insurance  claims  electronically  to
insurance payers;

•  Electronic  remittance  and  payment  posting  service  that 
uses NextGen Document Management system to link an 
image of each explanation of benefit (“EOB”) to the cor-
responding encounter at the time of payment posting to 
minimizes the need for storage of paper EOBs; and

fi

•  Accounts  receivable  follow-up  methodology  that  allows 
practices  to  establish  parameters,  adjustment  rules  and 
standards for account elevation.

Electronic Data Interchange. We make available EDI capa-
bilities  and  connectivity  services  to  our  customers.  The  EDI/
connectivity capabilities encompass direct interfaces between 
our products and external third party systems, as well as trans-
action-based services. EDI products are intended to automate
a number of manual, often paper-based or telephony intensive 
communications  between  patients  and/or  providers  and/or 

payors. Two of the more common EDI services are forwarding 
insurance claims electronically from providers to payors and
assisting practices with issuing statements to patients. Most cli-
ent practices utilize at least some of these services from us or
one  of  our  competitors.  Other  EDI/connectivity  services  are
used more sporadically by client practices. We typically com-
pete to displace incumbent vendors for claims and statements
accounts and attempt to increase usage of other elements in
our EDI/connectivity product line. In general, EDI services are 
only sold to those accounts utilizing software from either the
QSI Dental or NextGen Divisions. Services include:

•  Electronic claims submission through our relationships with 
a number of payors and national claims clearinghouses;

•  Electronic  patient  statement  processing,  appointment  re-
minder cards and calls, recall cards, patient letters, and
other correspondence;

•  Electronic insurance eligibility verifi cation; and

•  Electronic posting of remittances from insurance carriers

into the accounts receivable application.

Community Connectivity. The NextGen Division also markets 
NextGen  HIE  to  facilitate  cross-enterprise  data  sharing,  en-
abling individual medical practices in a given community to
selectively share critical data, such as demographics, referrals, 
medications lists, allergies, diagnoses, lab results, histories and
more. This is accomplished through a secure, community-wide
data repository that links health care providers, whether they
have  the  NextGenehs  system,  another  compatible  electronic
medical  records  system,  or  no  electronic  medical  records
system,  together  with  hospitals,  payors,  labs  and  other  enti-
ties. The product is designed to facilitate a Regional Health 
Information  Organization.  The  result  is  that  for  every  health 
care encounter in the community, a patient-centric and com-
plete record is accessible for the provider. The availability, cur-
rency and completeness of information plus the elimination of
duplicate data entry can lead to signifi cantly improved patient 
safety, enhanced decision making capabilities, time effi cien-
cies  and  cost  savings.  Our  NextGen  Division  maintains  an
Internet-based patient health portal, NextMD.com. NextMD.
com  is  a  vertical  portal  for  the  healthcare  industry,  linking 
patients  with  their  physicians,  while  providing  a  centralized
source of health-oriented information for both consumers and
medical professionals. Patients whose physicians are linked to
the portal are able to request appointments, send appointment 
changes or cancellations, receive test results on-line, request 
prescription refi lls, view and/or pay their statements, and com-
municate with their physicians, all in a secure, on-line environ-
ment. Our NextGen suite of information systems are or can be
linked to NextMD.com, integrating a number of these features 
with physicians’ existing systems.

fi

9

Sales and Marketing 

We sell and market our products nationwide primarily through 
a direct sales force. The efforts of the direct sales force are 
augmented by a small number of reseller relationships estab-
lished  by  us.  Software  license  sales  to  resellers  represented 
less than 10% of total revenue for the years ended March 31, 
2010, 2009 and 2008.

Our direct sales force typically makes presentations to poten-
tial  clients  by  demonstrating  the  system  and  our  capabilities
on  the  prospective  client’s  premises.  Sales  efforts  aimed  at
smaller practices can be performed on the prospective clients’ 
premises, or remotely via telephone or Internet-based presen-
tations. Our sales and marketing employees identify prospec-
tive clients through a variety of means, including referrals from 
existing  clients,  industry  consultants,  contacts  at  professional 
society meetings, trade shows and seminars, trade journal ad-
vertising, direct mail advertising, and telemarketing. 

Our sales cycle can vary signifi cantly and typically ranges from 
six to twenty-four months from initial contact to contract execu-
tion. Software licenses are normally delivered to a customer 
almost immediately upon receipt of an order. Implementation
and training services are normally rendered based on a mutu-
ally agreed upon timetable. As part of the fees paid by our cli-
ents, we normally receive up-front licensing fees. Clients have 
the  option  to  purchase  maintenance  services  which,  if  pur-
chased, are invoiced on a monthly, quarterly or annual basis. 

Several clients have purchased our practice management soft-
ware  and,  in  turn,  are  providing  either  time-share  or  billing
services to single and group practice practitioners. Under the
time-share  or  billing  service  agreements,  the  client  provides
the use of our software for a fee to one or more practitioners. 
Although we typically do not receive a fee directly from the 
distributor’s  customers,  implementation  of  such  arrangements 
has, from time to time, resulted in the purchase of additional
software capacity by the distributor, as well as new software
purchases made by the distributor’s customers should such cus-
tomers decide to perform the practice management functions 
in-house.

We  continue  to  concentrate  our  direct  sales  and  marketing
efforts  on  medical  and  dental  practices,  networks  of  such
practices  including  MSOs  and  PHOs,  professional  schools,
community health centers and other ambulatory care settings.

MSOs,  PHOs  and  similar  networks  to  which  we  have  sold 
systems provide use of our software to those group and single 
physician practices associated with the organization or hospi-
tal on either a service basis or by directing us to contract with
those practices for the sale of stand-alone systems.

10

We have also entered into marketing assistance agreements
with certain of our clients pursuant to which the clients allow
us to demonstrate to potential clients the use of systems on the 
existing clients’ premises.

fi

fi

From time to time we assist prospective clients in identifying 
third party sources for fi nancing the purchase of our systems. 
The fi nancing is typically obtained by the client directly from 
institutional lenders and typically takes the form of a loan from
the  institution  secured  by  the  system  to  be  purchased  or  a
leasing arrangement. We do not guarantee the fi nancing nor
retain any continuing interest in the transaction.

fi

We have numerous clients and do not believe that the loss
of any single client would adversely affect us. No client ac-
counted for 10% or more of our net revenue during the fiscal
years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 or 2008.

fi

Customer Service and Support

We believe our success is attributable in part to our customer
service  and  support  departments.  We  offer  support  to  our
clients seven days a week, 24 hours a day.

Our  client  support  staff  is  comprised  of  specialists  who  are
knowledgeable  in  the  areas  of  software  and  hardware  as
well  as  in  the  day-to-day  operations  of  a  practice.  System 
support activities range from correcting minor procedural prob-
lems  in  the  client’s  system  to  performing  complex  database 
reconstructions or software updates.

We  utilize  automated  online  support  systems  which  assist
clients  in  resolving  minor  problems  and  facilitate  automated
electronic  retrieval  of  problems  and  symptoms  following  a 
client’s call to the automated support system. Additionally, our
online support systems maintain call records, available at both 
the client’s facility and our offi ces.

We offer our clients support services for most system compo-
nents, including hardware and software, for a fi xed monthly,
quarterly  or  annual  fee.  Customers  also  receive  access  to
future unspecifi ed versions of the software, on a when-and-if
available basis, as part of support services. We also sub-
contract, in certain instances, with third party vendors to per-
form specifi c hardware maintenance tasks. 

Implementation and Training

We  offer  full  service  implementation  and  training  services.
When a client signs a contract for the purchase of a system 
that  includes  implementation  and  training  services,  a  client 
manager/implementation specialist trained in medical and/or 
dental group practice procedures is assigned to assist the client 
in the installation of the system and the training of appropriate

practice staff. Implementation services include loading the soft-
ware,  training  customer  personnel,  data  conversion,  running 
test data, and assisting in the development and documenta-
tion of procedures. Implementation and training services are
provided by our employees as well as certifi ed third parties 
and certain resellers. 

Training may include a combination of computer assisted in-
struction, or CAI, for certain of our products, remote training
techniques and training classes conducted at the client’s or our
offi ce(s). CAI consists of workbooks, computer interaction and 
self-paced instruction. CAI is also offered to clients, for an ad-
ditional charge, after the initial training program is completed
for  the  purpose  of  training  new  and  additional  employees.
Remote training allows a trainer at our offi ces to train one or
more people at a client site via telephone and computer con-
nection, thus allowing an interactive and client-specifi c mode
of training without the expense and time required for travel. In 
addition, our on-line “help” and other documentation features
facilitate client training as well as ongoing support.

In  addition,  NextGen  “E-learning”  is  an  on-line  learning
subscription service which allows end users to train on the
software on the internet. E-learning allows end users to self 
manage their own learning with their personal learning path 
and  pace.  The  service  allows  users  to  track  the  status  of
courses taken. 

At  present,  our  training  facilities  are  located  in  (i)  Horsham,
Pennsylvania, (ii) Atlanta, Georgia, (iii) Dallas, Texas, and (iv) 
Irvine, California. 

Competition

The  markets  for  healthcare  information  systems  and  services
are  intensely  competitive.  The  industry  is  highly  fragmented 
and  includes  numerous  competitors,  none  of  which  we  be-
lieve dominates these markets. Our principal existing competi-
tors in the healthcare information systems and services market 
include:  eClinicalWorks,  GE  Healthcare  (“GE”),  Allscripts-
Misys Healthcare Solutions, Inc. (“Allscripts”), EPIC and other 
competitors.

Our recent entry into the small hospital market has introduced
new competitors, including Computer Programs and Systems,
Inc., Healthland and Healthcare Management Systems, Inc.

The electronic patient records and connectivity markets, in par-
ticular, are subject to rapid changes in technology, and we 
expect that competition in these market segments will increase
as new competitors enter the market. We believe our principal
competitive  advantages  are  the  features  and  capabilities  of
our products and services, our high level of customer support, 
and our extensive experience in the industry.

The revenue cycle management market is also intensely com-
petitive  as  other  healthcare  information  systems  companies, 
such as GE and Allscripts, are also in the market of selling both 
practice management and electronic health records software 
and medical billing and collection services. 

Product Enhancement and Development

fi

The  healthcare  information  management  and  computer  soft-
ware  and  hardware  industries  are  characterized  by  rapid
technological  change  requiring  us  to  engage  in  continuing 
investments  to  update,  enhance,  and  improve  our  systems.
During fi scal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, we expended
approximately $24.5 million, $19.7 million, and $17.4 million, 
respectively,  on  research  and  development  activities,  includ-
ing capitalized software amounts of $7.9 million, $5.9 million,
and  $6.0  million,  respectively.  In  addition,  a  portion  of  our
product enhancements have resulted from software develop-
ment work performed under contracts with our clients. 

Other Information 

Employees

As of March 31, 2010, we employed approximately 1,502 
persons, of which 1,466 were full-time employees. We be-
lieve that our future success depends in part upon recruiting
and retaining qualifi ed sales, marketing and technical person-
nel as well as other employees. 

Intellectual Property

To  protect  our  intellectual  property,  we  enter  into  confi denti-
ality  agreements  and  invention  assignment  agreements  with 
our employees with whom such controls are relevant. Certain 
qualifi ed employees enter into additional agreements that per-
mit them access under certain circumstances, to software mat-
ters that are both confi dential and more strictly controlled. In 
addition, we include intellectual property protective provisions 
in many of our customer contracts.

Available Information

fi

q

Our  Internet  Web  site  address  is  www.qsii.com.
  We  make 
our  periodic  and  current  reports,  together  with  amendments
to  these  reports,  available  on  our  Internet Web  site,  free  of 
charge, as soon as reasonably practicable after such material
is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Commission. You 
may access such filings under the “Investor Relations” button
on our Web site. Members of the public may also read and
copy any materials we file with, or furnish to, the Commission
at the Commission’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street,
NE, Washington, DC 20549. To obtain information on the 
operation of the Public Reference Room, please call the SEC
at  1-800-SEC-0330.  The  Commission  maintains  an  Internet

fi

fi

11

v
site  at  www.sec.govg
that  contains  the  reports,  proxy  state-
ments and other information that we fi le electronically with the
Commission. The information on our Internet Web site is not
incorporated by reference into this Report or any other report 
or information we fi le with the Commission. 

fi

fi

ITEM 1A. Risk Factors

The  more  prominent  risks  and  uncertainties  inherent  in  our
business are described below. However, additional risks and
uncertainties may also impair our business operations. If any
of  the  following  risks  actually  occur,  our  business,  financial
condition or results of operations will likely suffer. Any of these 
or other factors could harm our business and future results of
operations  and  may  cause  you  to  lose  all  or  part  of  your
investment.

fi

Risks Related to Our Business

fi

fifi

The effects of the recent global economic crisis may impact 
our  business,  operating  results  or  financial  condition.
The
recent global economic crisis has caused a general tighten-
ing  in  the  credit  markets,  lower  levels  of  liquidity,  increases
in  the  rates  of  default  and  bankruptcy,  and  extreme  volatil-
ity in credit, equity and fi xed income markets. These macro-
economic developments could negatively affect our business,
operating results or fi nancial condition in a number of ways. 
For example, current or potential customers may be unable to
fund software purchases, which could cause them to delay,
decrease or cancel purchases of our products and services or 
to not pay us or to delay paying us for previously purchased 
products and services. Our clients may cease business opera-
tions or conduct business on a greatly reduced basis. Finally,
our investment portfolio, which includes auction rate securities, 
is  generally  subject  to  general  credit,  liquidity,  counterparty, 
market and interest rate risks that may be exacerbated by the
recent global financial crisis. If the banking system or the fi xed
income, credit or equity markets continue to deteriorate or re-
main volatile, our investment portfolio may be impacted and 
the values and liquidity of our investments could be adversely 
affected as well. 

fi

fifi

fifi

We face significant, evolving competition which, if we fail 
to  properly  address,  could  adversely  affect  our  business, 
results  of  operations,  fi nancial  condition  and  price  of  our 
stock. The markets for healthcare information systems are in-
tensely competitive, and we face signifi cant competition from 
a number of different sources. Several of our competitors have
signifi cantly greater name recognition as well as substantially 
greater fi nancial, technical, product development and market-
ing resources than we do. There has been signifi cant merger
and acquisition activity among a number of our competitors in 
recent years. Transaction induced pressures, or other related 

fi

12

factors  may  result  in  price  erosion  or  other  negative  market
dynamics that could adversely affect our business, results of
operations, financial condition and price of our stock.

fi

We compete in all of our markets with other major healthcare
related companies, information management companies, sys-
tems integrators, and other software developers. Competitive 
pressures  and  other  factors,  such  as  new  product  introduc-
tions by us or our competitors, may result in price or market
share erosion that could adversely affect our business, results 
of operations and financial condition. Also, there can be no
assurance  that  our  applications  will  achieve  broad  market 
acceptance or will successfully compete with other available 
software products.

fi

Our  inability  to  make  initial  sales  of  our  systems  to  newly
formed groups and/or healthcare providers that are replacing 
or substantially modifying their healthcare information systems
could adversely affect our business, results of operations and 
fi
fi nancial condition. If new systems sales do not materialize, our 
near term and longer term revenue will be adversely affected.

fifi

Many  of  our  competitors  have  greater  resources  than  we 
do.  In  order  to  compete  successfully,  we  must  keep  pace 
with  our  competitors  in  anticipating  and  responding  to 
the  rapid  changes  involving  the  industry  in  which  we  op-
erate,  or  our  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial 
condition  may  be  adversely  affected.  The  software  market 
generally  is  characterized  by  rapid  technological  change, 
changing customer needs, frequent new product introductions,
and evolving industry standards. The introduction of products
incorporating new technologies and the emergence of new 
industry  standards  could  render  our  existing  products  obso-
lete and unmarketable. There can be no assurance that we 
will be successful in developing and marketing new products
that  respond  to  technological  changes  or  evolving  industry 
standards. New product development depends upon signifi -
cant research and development expenditures which depend
ultimately upon sales growth. Any material shortfall in revenue 
or research funding could impair our ability to respond to tech-
nological advances or opportunities in the marketplace and 
to remain competitive. If we are unable, for technological or 
other reasons, to develop and introduce new products in a
timely manner in response to changing market conditions or
customer requirements, our business, results of operations and 
fi
fi nancial condition may be adversely affected.

In  response  to  increasing  market  demand,  we  are  currently
developing new generations of certain of our software prod-
ucts.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  will  successfully
develop these new software products or that these products 
will operate successfully, or that any such development, even 
if successful, will be completed concurrently with or prior to 

introduction of competing products. Any such failure or delay 
could adversely affect our competitive position or could make 
our current products obsolete.

•  diffi culty in effectively integrating any acquired technolo-
gies or software products into our current products and 
technologies;

We face risk and/or the possibility of claims from activities 
related to strategic partners, which could be expensive and 
time-consuming, divert personnel and other resources from
our business and result in adverse publicity that could harm
our business. We rely on third parties to provide services that
affect  our  business.  For  example,  we  use  national  clearing-
houses  in  the  processing  of  some  insurance  claims  and  we 
outsource  some  of  our  hardware  maintenance  services  and
the printing and delivery of patient statements for our custom-
ers. These third parties could raise their prices and/or be ac-
quired by competitors of ours, which could potentially create
short and long-term disruptions to our business negatively im-
pacting our revenue, profi t and/or stock price. We also have
relationships with certain third parties where these third parties 
serve  as  sales  channels  through  which  we  generate  a  por-
tion of our revenue. Due to these third-party relationships, we
could be subject to claims as a result of the activities, products, 
or services of these third-party service providers even though
we were not directly involved in the circumstances leading to 
those claims. Even  if these claims do not result  in liability to
us, defending and investigating these claims could be expen-
sive and time-consuming, divert personnel and other resources 
from  our  business  and  result  in  adverse  publicity  that  could 
harm our business.

fi

We may engage in future acquisitions, which may be ex-
pensive and time consuming and from which we may not 
realize  anticipated  benefits. fi We  may  acquire  additional 
businesses,  technologies  and  products  if  we  determine  that 
these  additional  businesses,  technologies  and  products  are 
likely  to  serve  our  strategic  goals.  During  fiscal  year  2009,
we  acquired  HSI  and  PMP,  both  of  which  are  full-service
healthcare RCM companies servicing physician groups and 
other healthcare clients. During fi scal year 2010, we acquired 
fi
Opus and Sphere, both of which are developers of software
and  services  for  the  inpatient  market.  The  specifi c  risks  we 
may encounter in these types of transactions include but are 
not limited to the following:

fi

•  potentially  dilutive  issuances  of  our  securities,  the  incur-
rence  of  debt  and  contingent  liabilities  and  amortiza-
tion  expenses  related  to  intangible  assets,  which  could 
adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations  and  financial
condition;

fi

• 

use  of  cash  as  acquisition  currency  may  adversely  af-
fect interest or investment income, thereby potentially ad-
versely affecting our earnings and /or earnings per share;

•  diffi culty in predicting and responding to issues related to
product transition such as development, distribution and
customer support;

• 

• 

• 

the possible adverse effect of such acquisitions on exist-
ing relationships with third party partners and suppliers of
technologies and services; 

the possibility that staff or customers of the acquired com-
pany might not accept new ownership and may transition
to different technologies or attempt to renegotiate contract
terms or relationships, including maintenance or support
agreements;

the possibility that the due diligence process in any such
acquisition  may  not  completely  identify  material  issues
associated  with  product  quality,  product  architecture, 
product  development,  intellectual  property  issues,  key 
personnel  issues  or  legal  and  financial  contingencies, 
including  any  defi ciencies  in  internal  controls  and  pro-
cedures  and  the  costs  associated  with  remedying  such 
defi ciencies;  

fi

•  diffi culty in integrating acquired operations due to geo-
graphical  distance,  and  language  and  cultural  differ-
ences; and

• 

the  possibility  that  acquired  assets  become  impaired,
requiring us to take a charge to earnings which could be 
signifi cant.

A failure to successfully integrate acquired businesses or tech-
nology for any of these reasons could have an adverse effect
on our fi nancial condition and results of operations. 

fi

fifi

Our  failure  to  manage  growth  could  harm  our  business,
results of operations and financial condition.
  We  have  in 
the past experienced periods of growth which have placed, 
and may continue to place, a signifi cant strain on our non-
cash  resources.  We  also  anticipate  expanding  our  overall
software development, marketing, sales, client management 
and training capacity. In the event we are unable to identify, 
hire,  train  and  retain  qualifi ed  individuals  in  such  capaci-
ties within a reasonable timeframe, such failure could have
an adverse effect on us. In addition, our ability to manage
future increases, if any, in the scope of our operations or per-
sonnel will depend on signifi cant expansion of our research
and development, marketing and sales, management, and
administrative  and  fi nancial  capabilities.  The  failure  of  our 
management  to  effectively  manage  expansion  in  our  busi-
ness could have an adverse effect on our business, results of
operations and fi nancial condition.

13

Our operations are dependent upon our key personnel. If 
such personnel were to leave unexpectedly, we may not be 
able to execute our business plan. Our future performance
depends  in  signifi cant  part  upon  the  continued  service  of 
our  key  technical  and  senior  management  personnel,  many 
of whom have been with us for a signifi cant period of time. 
These personnel have acquired specialized knowledge and 
skills with respect to our business. We maintain key man life 
insurance on only one of our employees. Because we have
a  relatively  small  number  of  employees  when  compared  to 
other leading companies in our industry, our dependence on
maintaining our relationships with key employees is particularly 
signifi cant. We  are  also  dependent  on  our  ability  to  attract
high quality personnel, particularly in the areas of sales and
applications development.

The industry in which we operate is characterized by a high 
level of employee mobility and aggressive recruiting of skilled
personnel. There can be no assurance that our current employ-
ees will continue to work for us. Loss of services of key em-
ployees could have an adverse effect on our business, results 
of  operations  and  fi nancial  condition.  Furthermore,  we  may 
need to grant additional equity incentives to key employees
and provide other forms of incentive compensation to attract 
and retain such key personnel. Equity incentives may be dilu-
tive to our per share fi nancial performance. Failure to provide
such  types  of  incentive  compensation  could  jeopardize  our
recruitment and retention capabilities.

fi

fi

fi

Continuing worldwide political and economic uncertainties 
may adversely affect our revenue and profitability. 
The last 
several years have been periodically marked by concerns in-
cluding but not limited to infl ation, decreased consumer con-
fi dence, the lingering effects of international confl icts, energy 
costs and terrorist and military activities. These conditions can
make it extremely diffi cult for our customers, our vendors and 
us  to  accurately  forecast  and  plan  future  business  activities, 
and they could cause constrained spending on our products 
and services, and/or delay and lengthen sales cycles. 

The  failure  of  auction  rate  securities  to  sell  at  their  reset 
dates could impact the liquidity of the investment and could 
negatively impact the carrying value of the investment. Our
investments include auction rate securities (“ARS”). ARS are se-
curities that are structured with short-term interest rate reset dates
of generally less than ninety days but with longer contractual
maturities that range, for our holdings, from nine to 28 years. 
At the end of each reset period, investors can typically sell at 
auction or continue to hold the securities at par. These securi-
ties are subject to fl uctuations in interest rate depending on the 
supply and demand at each auction. As of March 31, 2010, 
we were holding a total of approximately $7.2 million, net of 
unrealized loss, in ARS. The Company’s ARS are held by UBS

14

Financial  Services  Inc.  (“UBS”).  On  November  13,  2008, 
the  Company  entered  into  an  Auction  Rate  Security  Rights 
Agreement  (the  “Rights  Agreement”)  with  UBS,  whereby  the 
Company accepted UBS’s offer to purchase the Company’s 
ARS  investments  at  any  time  during  the  period  of  June  30, 
2010 through July 2, 2012. As a result, the Company had ob-
tained an asset, ARS put option rights, whereby the Company 
has a right to “put” the ARS back to UBS. The Company ex-
pects to exercise its ARS put option rights and put its ARS back 
to UBS on June 30, 2010, the earliest date allowable under
the  Rights  Agreement.  While  we  believe  that  UBS  has  the 
ability to honor the terms of its agreement to purchase the ARS 
investments from the Company at par, the  failure of UBS to 
purchase these investments would result in the Company being
unable to liquidate these securities in the near future. While
these debt securities are all highly-rated investments, generally
with AAA/Aaa ratings, continued failure to sell at their reset
dates could impact the liquidity of the investment which in turn 
could negatively impact our liquidity position.

Risks Related to Our Products and Service

If our principal products and our new product development 
fail to meet the needs of our clients, we may fail to realize 
future growth. We currently derive substantially all of our net
revenue from sales of our healthcare information systems and 
related services. We believe that a primary factor in the mar-
ket acceptance of our systems has been our ability to meet the 
needs of users of healthcare information systems. Our future
fi nancial performance will depend in large part on our ability 
fi
to continue to meet the increasingly sophisticated needs of our 
clients through the timely development and successful introduc-
tion and implementation of new and enhanced versions of our 
systems and other complementary products. We have histori-
cally expended a signifi cant percentage of our net revenue on 
product  development  and  believe  that  signifi cant  continuing
product  development  efforts  will  be  required  to  sustain  our
growth. Continued investment in our sales staff and our client
implementation and support staffs will also be required to sup-
port future growth. 

There can be no assurance that we will be successful in our
product development efforts, that the market will continue to 
accept  our  existing  products,  or  that  new  products  or  prod-
uct enhancements will be developed and implemented in a 
timely manner, meet the requirements of healthcare providers, 
or  achieve  market  acceptance.  If  new  products  or  product 
enhancements do not achieve market acceptance, our busi-
ness,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition  could  be
adversely affected. At certain times in the past, we have also 
experienced  delays  in  purchases  of  our  products  by  clients 
anticipating our launch, or the launch of our competitors, of
new products. There can be no assurance that material order

fi

deferrals in anticipation of new product introductions from our-
selves or other entities will not occur. 

If the emerging technologies and platforms of Microsoft and 
others  upon  which  we  build  our  products  do  not  gain  or 
continue to maintain broad market acceptance, or if we fail 
to develop and introduce in a timely manner new products 
and services compatible with such emerging technologies, 
we may not be able to compete effectively and our ability 
to  generate  revenue  will  suffer.  Our  software  products  are
built and depend upon several underlying and evolving rela-
tional database management system platforms such as those
developed by Microsoft. To date, the standards and technolo-
gies  upon  which  we  have  chosen  to  develop  our  products 
have proven to have gained industry acceptance. However,
the  market  for  our  software  products  is  subject  to  ongoing
rapid  technological  developments,  quickly  evolving  industry
standards and rapid changes in customer requirements, and
there may be existing or future technologies and platforms that
achieve  industry  standard  status,  which  are  not  compatible 
with our products.

r

We  face  the  possibility  of  subscription  pricing,  which 
may  force  us  to  adjust  our  sales,  marketing  and  pricing 
strategies.  In  April,  2009  we  announced  a  new  subscrip-
tion based, Software as a service delivery model which in-
cludes  monthly  subscription  pricing.  This  model  is  designed
for  smaller  practices  to  quickly  access  the  NextGenehr  or
NextGenepm products at a modest monthly per provider price. 
We  currently  derive  substantially  all  of  our  systems  revenue 
from traditional software license, implementation and training
fees, as well as the resale of computer hardware. Today, the
majority  of  our  customers  pay  an  initial  license  fee  for  the 
use  of  our  products,  in  addition  to  a  periodic  maintenance 
fee. While the intent of the new subscription based delivery
model is to further penetrate the smaller practice market, there
can be no assurance that this delivery model will not become
increasingly popular with both small and large customers. If
the  marketplace  increasingly  demands  subscription  pricing,
we may be forced to further adjust our sales, marketing and 
pricing strategies accordingly, by offering a higher percentage 
of  our  products  and  services  through  these  means.  Shifting
to a signifi cantly greater degree of subscription pricing could
adversely affect our financial condition, cash fl ows and quar-
terly  and  annual  revenue  and  results  of  operations,  as  our 
revenue would initially decrease substantially. There can be no 
assurance that the marketplace will not increasingly embrace 
subscription pricing.

fi

We face the possibility of claims based upon our Web site 
content,  which  may  cause  us  expense  and  management 
distraction. We could be subject to third party claims based 
on the nature and content of information supplied on our Web
site  by  us  or  third  parties,  including  content  providers  or  us-
ers. We could also be subject to liability for content that may
be accessible through our Web site or third party Web sites
linked from our Web site or through content and information 
that may be posted by users in chat rooms, bulletin boards or
on Web sites created by professionals using our applications.
Even if these claims do not result in liability to us, investigat-
ing and defending against these claims could be expensive 
and time consuming and could divert management’s attention
away from our operations.

fifi

If our security measures are breached or fail, and unauthor-
ized access is obtained to a client’s data, our services may 
be perceived as not being secure, clients may curtail or stop 
using our services, and we may incur significant liabilities.
Our  services  involve  the  storage  and  transmission  of  clients’
proprietary  information  and  protected  health  information  of 
patients.  Because  of  the  sensitivity  of  this  information,  secu-
rity features of our software are very important. If our security
measures are breached or fail as a result of third-party action,
employee error, malfeasance, insuffi ciency, defective design, 
or otherwise, someone may be able to obtain unauthorized 
access  to  client  or  patient  data.  As  a  result,  our  reputation
could be damaged, our business may suffer, and we could 
face damages for contract breach, penalties for violation of 
applicable laws or regulations, and signifi cant costs for reme-
diation and remediation efforts to prevent future occurrences.
We rely upon our clients as users of our system for key activi-
ties to promote security of the system and the data within it, 
such as administration of client-side access credentialing and
control of client-side display of data. On occasion, our clients 
have failed to perform these activities. Failure of clients to per-
form  these  activities  may  result  in  claims  against  us  that  this
reliance was misplaced, which could expose us to signifi cant
expense and harm to our reputation. Because techniques used
to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change
frequently  and  generally  are  not  recognized  until  launched
against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these tech-
niques or to implement adequate preventive measures. If an 
actual or perceived breach of our security occurs, the market 
perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could 
be harmed and we could lose sales and clients. In addition, 
our  clients  may  authorize  or  enable  third  parties  to  access 
their client data or the data of their patients on our systems. 
Because we do not control such access, we cannot ensure 
the complete propriety of that access or integrity or security of 
such data in our systems.

15

Failure  by  our  clients  to  obtain  proper  permissions  and 
waivers may result in claims against us or may limit or pre-
vent our use of data, which could harm our business. We
require our clients to provide necessary notices and to obtain
necessary permissions and waivers for use and disclosure of
the  information  that  we  receive,  and  we  require  contractual 
assurances from them that they have done so and will do so. 
If they do not obtain necessary permissions and waivers, then
our  use  and  disclosure  of  information  that  we  receive  from 
them or on their behalf may be limited or prohibited by state
or federal privacy laws or other laws. This could impair our
functions,  processes,  and  databases  that  refl ect,  contain,  or 
are based upon such data and may prevent use of such data. 
In addition, this could interfere with or prevent creation or use
of rules, and analyses or limit other data-driven activities that 
benefi t us. Moreover, we may be subject to claims or liability 
for use or disclosure of information by reason of lack of valid 
notice, permission, or waiver. These claims or liabilities could 
subject us to unexpected costs and adversely affect our oper-
ating results.

fi

We face the possibility of damages resulting from internal 
and external security breaches, and viruses. In  the  course
of  our  business  operations,  we  compile  and  transmit  con-
fi dential  information,  including  patient  health  information,
in  our  processing  centers  and  other  facilities.  A  breach  of
security in any of these facilities could damage our reputa-
tion  and  result  in  damages  being  assessed  against  us.  In 
addition,  the  other  systems  with  which  we  may  interface,
such as the Internet and related systems may be vulnerable 
to security breaches, viruses, programming errors, or similar
disruptive  problems.  The  effect  of  these  security  breaches 
and related issues could disrupt our ability to perform certain 
key business functions and could potentially reduce demand 
for our services. Accordingly, we have expended signifi cant
resources  toward  establishing  and  enhancing  the  security 
of our related infrastructures, although no assurance can be
given  that  they  will  be  entirely  free  from  potential  breach. 
Maintaining  and  enhancing  our  infrastructure  security  may 
require us to expend signifi cant capital in the future. 

The  success  of  our  strategy  to  offer  our  EDI  services  and 
Internet solutions depends on the confi dence of our customers
in our ability to securely transmit confi dential information. Our
EDI services and Internet solutions rely on encryption, authen-
tication and other security technology licensed from third par-
ties to achieve secure transmission of confi dential information. 
We may not be able to stop unauthorized attempts to gain 
access  to  or  disrupt  the  transmission  of  communications  by 
our customers. Anyone who is able to circumvent our security 
measures  could  misappropriate  confi dential  user  information
or interrupt our, or our customers’, operations. In addition, our 

EDI and Internet solutions may be vulnerable to viruses, physi-
cal or electronic break-ins, and similar disruptions. 

Any failure to provide secure  infrastructure and/or electronic
communication services could result in a lack of trust by our 
customers  causing  them  to  seek  out  other  vendors,  and/or, 
damage our reputation in the market, making it diffi cult to ob-
tain new customers.

We are subject to the development and maintenance of the 
Internet infrastructure, which is not within our control, and 
which may diminish Internet usage and availability as well 
as access to our Web site. We deliver Internet-based services 
and, accordingly, we are dependent on the maintenance of 
the Internet by third parties. The Internet infrastructure may be
unable to support the demands placed on it and our perfor-
mance may decrease if the Internet continues to experience 
its historic trend of expanding usage. As a result of damage
to  portions  of  its  infrastructure,  the  Internet  has  experienced
a variety of performance problems which may continue into
the foreseeable future. Such Internet related problems may di-
minish Internet usage and availability of the Internet to us for
transmittal of our Internet-based services. In addition, diffi cul-
ties, outages, and delays by Internet service providers, online
service providers and other Web site operators may obstruct 
or diminish access to our Web site by our customers resulting
in a loss of potential or existing users of our services.

fifi

Our  products  may  be  subject  to  product  liability  legal 
claims, which could have an adverse effect on our business, 
results of operations and financial condition.
Certain of our 
products  provide  applications  that  relate  to  patient  clinical
information. Any failure by our products to provide accurate 
and timely information concerning patients, their medication, 
treatment, and health status, generally, could result in claims
against us which could materially and adversely impact our fi -
nancial performance, industry reputation and ability to market
new system sales. In addition, a court or government agency 
may take the position that our delivery of health information
directly,  including  through  licensed  practitioners,  or  delivery 
of information by a third party site that a consumer accesses
through our Web sites, exposes us to assertions of malprac-
tice, other personal injury liability, or other liability for wrongful 
delivery/handling of healthcare services or erroneous health 
information. We maintain insurance to protect against claims 
associated  with  the  use  of  our  products  as  well  as  liability 
limitation  language  in  our  end-user  license  agreements,  but 
there  can  be  no  assurance  that  our  insurance  coverage  or 
contractual language would adequately cover any claim as-
serted  against  us.  A  successful  claim  brought  against  us  in
excess  of  or  outside  of  our  insurance  coverage  could  have
an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and

16

fi
financial condition. Even unsuccessful claims could result in our 
expenditure of funds for litigation and management time and
resources.

Certain  healthcare  professionals  who  use  our  Internet-based
products will directly enter health information about their pa-
tients  including  information  that  constitutes  a  record  under
applicable law that we may store on our computer systems. 
Numerous federal and state laws and regulations, the com-
mon  law,  and  contractual  obligations,  govern  collection,
dissemination,  use  and  confi dentiality  of  patient-identifi able
health information, including:

• 

state and federal privacy and confi dentiality laws;

•  our contracts with customers and partners;

• 

state laws regulating healthcare professionals;

•  Medicaid laws; 

• 

the  HIPAA  and  related  rules  proposed  by  the  Health
Care Financing Administration; and

•  Health  Care  Financing  Administration  standards  for

Internet transmission of health data.

HIPAA establishes elements including, but not limited to, fed-
eral privacy and security standards for the use and protection
of Protected Health Information. Any failure by us or by our
personnel or partners to comply with applicable requirements 
may result in a material liability to us.

Although we have systems and policies in place for safeguard-
ing Protected Health Information from unauthorized disclosure, 
these systems and policies may not preclude claims against us
for alleged violations of applicable requirements. Also, third
party sites and/or links that consumers may access through our 
web sites may not maintain adequate systems to safeguard
this information, or may circumvent systems and policies we
have put in place. In addition, future laws or changes in cur-
rent laws may necessitate costly adaptations to our policies,
procedures, or systems.

There can be no assurance that we will not be subject to prod-
uct liability claims, that such claims will not result in liability in 
excess of our insurance coverage, that our insurance will cover 
such claims or that appropriate insurance will continue to be 
available to us in the future at commercially reasonable rates. 
Such product liability claims could adversely affect our busi-
fi
ness, results of operations and financial condition.

We  are  subject  to  the  effect  of  payor  and  provider  con-
duct  which  we  cannot  control  and  accordingly,  there  is 
no  assurance  that  revenue  for  our  services  will  continue 
at  historic  levels. We offer certain electronic claims submis-
sion products and services as part of our product line. While 

we  have  implemented  certain  product  features  designed  to
maximize  the  accuracy  and  completeness  of  claims  submis-
sions, these features may not be suffi cient to prevent inaccurate
claims data from being submitted to payors. Should inaccu-
rate claims data be submitted to payors, we may be subject 
to liability claims. 

Electronic  data  transmission  services  are  offered  by  certain
payors to healthcare providers that establish a direct link be-
tween the provider and payor. This process reduces revenue
to third party EDI service providers such as us. As a result of
this, or other market factors, we are unable to ensure that we 
will continue to generate revenue at or in excess of prior levels 
for such services. 

A signifi cant increase in the utilization of direct links between 
healthcare  providers  and  payors  could  adversely  affect  our 
transaction volume and fi nancial results. In addition, we can-
not  provide  assurance  that  we  will  be  able  to  maintain  our 
existing links to payors or develop new connections on terms
that are economically satisfactory to us, if at all.

fi

Risks Related to Regulation

fi

We  face  increasing  involvement  of  the  federal  govern-
ment  in  our  industry,  which  may  give  rise  to  uncertain
and unwarranted expectations concerning the benefits we 
are  to  receive  from  government  funding  and  programs.
In  February  2009,  President  Obama  signed  the  American
Recovery and Reinvestment Act (“ARRA”), which allocates over
$20 billion dollars to healthcare IT over the next several years.
The provision of the legislation that addresses health informa-
tion technology specifi cally is known as the Health Information
Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“HITECH 
Act”). Under the provisions of HITECH Act, the ARRA includes
signifi cant fi nancial incentives to healthcare providers who can
demonstrate meaningful use of certifi ed EHR technology be-
ginning  in  2011.  While  the  Company  expects  the  ARRA  to 
create  signifi cant  opportunities  for  sales  of  NextGenehr over 
the next several years, we are unsure of the immediate impact
from the ARRA and the long-term potential could be signifi cant.

fi

r

We face the risks and uncertainties that are associated with 
litigation against us, which may adversely impact our mar-
keting,  distract  management  and  have  a  negative  impact 
upon our business, results of operations and financial con-
dition. We face the risks associated with litigation concerning
the operation of our business. The uncertainty associated with 
substantial  unresolved  litigation  may  have  an  adverse  effect
on our business. In particular, such litigation could impair our
relationships with existing customers and our ability to obtain 
new customers. Defending such litigation may result in a diver-
sion of management’s time and attention away from business

fifi

17

operations,  which  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our 
business,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.  Such 
litigation may also have the effect of discouraging potential 
acquirers  from  bidding  for  us  or  reducing  the  consideration
such acquirers would otherwise be willing to pay in connec-
tion with an acquisition. 

fi

There can be no assurance that such litigation will not result 
in liability in excess of our insurance coverage, that our insur-
ance will cover such claims or that appropriate insurance will
continue  to  be  available  to  us  in  the  future  at  commercially
reasonable rates.

fifi

Because we believe that proprietary rights are material to our 
success, misappropriation of these rights could adversely af-
fect our financial condition.
We are heavily dependent on the
maintenance and protection of our  intellectual property and
we rely largely on license agreements, confi dentiality proce-
dures, and employee nondisclosure agreements to protect our
intellectual property. Our software is not patented and existing
copyright laws offer only limited practical protection.

There can be no assurance that the legal protections and pre-
cautions we take will be adequate to prevent misappropria-
tion  of  our  technology  or  that  competitors  will  not  indepen-
dently  develop  technologies  equivalent  or  superior  to  ours. 
Further, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect our 
proprietary rights to as great an extent as do the laws of the
United  States  and  are  often  not  enforced  as  vigorously  as 
those in the United States.

We  do  not  believe  that  our  operations  or  products  infringe
on  the  intellectual  property  rights  of  others.  However,  there 
can be no assurance that others will not assert infringement
or trade secret claims against us with respect to our current or 
future products or that any such assertion will not require us
to enter  into a license agreement or royalty arrangement or
other financial arrangement with the party asserting the claim.
Responding  to  and  defending  any  such  claims  may  distract 
the attention of our management and adversely affect our busi-
ness, results of operations and financial condition. In addition,
fi
claims  may  be  brought  against  third  parties from  which  we
purchase software, and such claims could adversely affect our 
ability to access third party software for our systems.

fi

If  we  are  deemed  to infringe  on  the  proprietary  rights  of 
third parties, we could incur unanticipated expense and be 
prevented  from  providing  our  products  and  services. We
are  and  may  continue  to  be  subject  to  intellectual  property 
infringement claims as the number of our competitors grows 
and our applications’ functionality is viewed as similar or over-
lapping  with  competitive  products.  We  do  not  believe  that
we have infringed or are infringing on any proprietary rights 

18

of  third  parties.  However,  claims  are  occasionally  asserted 
against us, and we cannot assure you that infringement claims 
will not be asserted against us in the future. Also, we cannot
assure you that any such claims will be unsuccessful. We could
incur substantial costs and diversion of management resources 
defending any infringement claims – even if we are ultimately
successful in the defense of such matters. Furthermore, a party
making a claim against us could secure a judgment awarding
substantial damages, as well as injunctive or other equitable
relief that could effectively block our ability to provide products 
or services. In addition, we cannot assure you that licenses for 
any intellectual property of third parties that might be required
for our products or services will be available on commercially 
reasonable terms, or at all.

We are dependent on our license rights and other services 
from third parties, which may cause us to discontinue, delay 
or reduce product shipments. We depend upon licenses for 
some of the technology used in our products as well as other 
services from third-party vendors. Most of these arrangements 
can be continued/renewed only by mutual consent and may 
be  terminated  for  any  number  of  reasons.  We  may  not  be
able to continue using the products or services made available
to us under these arrangements on commercially reasonable
terms or at all. As a result, we may have to discontinue, delay 
or reduce product shipments or services provided until we can 
obtain  equivalent  technology  or  services.  Most  of  our  third-
party licenses are non-exclusive. Our competitors may obtain 
the right to use any of the business elements covered by these
arrangements and use these elements to compete directly with 
us. In addition, if our vendors choose to discontinue providing 
their technology or services in the future or are unsuccessful in
their continued research and development efforts, we may not
be able to modify or adapt our own products. 

fi

fi

There is signifi cant uncertainty in the healthcare industry 
in which we operate, and we are subject to the possibility 
of changing government regulation, which may adversely 
impact  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations. The  healthcare  industry  is  subject  to  changing 
political, economic and regulatory infl uences that may affect 
the procurement processes and operation of healthcare facili-
ties. During the past several years, the healthcare industry has 
been  subject  to  an  increase  in  governmental  regulation  of,
among other things, reimbursement rates and certain capital
expenditures. 

In the past, various legislators have announced that they intend 
to  examine  proposals  to  reform  certain  aspects  of  the  U.S.
healthcare  system  including  proposals  which  may  change 
governmental  involvement  in  healthcare  and  reimbursement 
rates, and otherwise alter the operating environment for us and 
our clients. Healthcare providers may react to these proposals,

and the uncertainty surrounding such proposals, by curtailing 
or deferring investments, including those for our systems and re-
lated services. Cost-containment measures instituted by health-
care  providers  as  a  result  of  regulatory  reform  or  otherwise
could result in a reduction in the allocation of capital funds.
Such a reduction could have an adverse effect on our ability 
to sell our systems and related services. On the other hand,
changes  in  the  regulatory  environment  have  increased  and
may continue to increase the needs of healthcare organiza-
tions for cost-effective data management and thereby enhance
the overall market for healthcare management information sys-
tems. We cannot predict what effect, if any, such proposals
or  healthcare  reforms  might  have  on  our  business,  financial
condition and results of operations.

fi

fi

As  existing  regulations  mature  and  become  better  defined,
we  anticipate  that  these  regulations  will  continue  to  directly 
affect  certain  of  our  products  and  services,  but  we  cannot 
fully  predict  the  effect  at  this  time.  We  have  taken  steps  to 
modify our products, services and internal practices as neces-
sary to facilitate our compliance with the regulations, but there
can be no assurance that we will be able to do so in a timely 
or complete manner. Achieving compliance with these regula-
tions could be costly and distract management’s attention and 
divert other company resources, and any noncompliance by 
us could result in civil and criminal penalties. 

Developments of additional federal and state regulations and 
policies  have  the  potential  to  positively  or  negatively  affect 
our business.

Our  software  may  potentially  be  subject  to  regulation  by 
the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) as a medical 
device.  Such  regulation  could  require  the  registration  of  the 
applicable manufacturing facility and software and hardware 
products,  application  of  detailed  record-keeping  and  manu-
facturing  standards,  and  FDA  approval  or  clearance  prior 
to  marketing.  An  approval  or  clearance  requirement  could 
create delays in marketing, and the FDA could require supple-
mental  filings  or  object  to  certain  of  these  applications,  the 
result of which could adversely affect our business, financial
condition and results of operations. 

fi

fi

The United States Congress in 2009 enacted legislation that
would  cut  Medicare  reimbursement  to  physicians  by  21%
per procedure. Congress has passed several successive acts 
postponing the cuts and there is discussion to rescind the cut. 
However, should the cuts be implemented by Medicare, there
would  be  a  direct  material  adverse  revenue  and  earnings 
impact to our RCM revenue stream. The impact would vary 
by client depending on the client’s concentration of Medicare
patients. Disruption could also affect system sales due to client 
reexamination of IT spending. 

We may be subject to false or fraudulent claim laws. There
are numerous federal and state laws that forbid submission of
false information or the failure to disclose information in con-
nection with submission and payment of physician claims for
reimbursement. In some cases, these laws also forbid abuse of 
existing systems for such submission and payment. Any failure
of our RCM services to comply with these laws and regula-
tions could result in substantial liability including, but not limited 
to,  criminal  liability,  could  adversely  affect  demand  for  our 
services and could force us to expend signifi cant capital, re-
search and development and other resources to address the 
failure. Errors by us or our systems with respect to entry, format-
ting, preparation or transmission of claim information may be
determined  or  alleged  to  be  in  violation  of  these  laws  and 
regulations.  Determination  by  a  court  or  regulatory  agency
that our services violate these laws could subject us to civil or 
criminal penalties, invalidate all or portions of some of our cli-
ent contracts, require us to change or terminate some portions
of our business, require us to refund portions of our services 
fees,  cause  us  to  be  disqualifi ed  from  serving  clients  doing 
business with government payors and have an adverse effect
on our business.

In most cases where we are permitted to do so, we calculate 
charges for our RCM services based on a percentage of the
collections that our clients receive as a result of our services. 
To the extent that violations or liability for violations of these 
laws  and  regulations  require  intent,  it  may  be  alleged  that 
this percentage calculation provides us or our employees with
incentive to commit or overlook fraud or abuse in connection
with  submission  and  payment  of  reimbursement  claims.  The 
U.S. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services has stated
that it is concerned that percentage-based billing services may 
encourage billing companies to commit or to overlook fraudu-
lent or abusive practices.

A portion of our business involves billing of Medicare claims
on  behalf  of  its  clients.  In  an  effort  to  combat  fraudulent
Medicare  claims,  the  federal  government  offers  rewards  for
reporting of Medicare fraud which could encourage others to 
subject us to a charge of fraudulent claims, including charges
that are ultimately proven to be without merit. 

fifi

If  our  products  fail  to  comply  with  evolving  government 
and  industry  standards  and  regulations,  we  may  have 
diffi culty selling our products. 
We may be subject to addi-
tional federal and state statutes and regulations in connection
with  offering  services  and  products  via  the  Internet.  On  an
increasingly  frequent  basis,  federal  and  state  legislators  are
proposing  laws  and  regulations  that  apply  to  Internet  com-
merce  and  communications.  Areas  being  affected  by  these 
regulations  include  user  privacy,  pricing,  content,  taxation, 
copyright protection, distribution, and quality of products and 

19

services. To the extent that our products and services are sub-
ject  to  these  laws  and  regulations,  the  sale  of  our  products
and services could be harmed.

fifi

fifi

We are subject to changes in and interpretations of finan-
cial accounting matters that govern the measurement of our 
performance, one or more of which could adversely affect 
our business, financial condition, cash fl
flfl
ows, revenue and 
results of operations. Based on our reading and interpreta-
tions of relevant guidance, principles or concepts issued by, 
among  other  authorities,  the  American  Institute  of  Certifi ed 
Public  Accountants,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards 
Board, and the Commission, we believe our current sales and
licensing contract terms and business arrangements have been
properly reported. However, there continue to be issued inter-
pretations and guidance for applying the relevant standards to 
a wide range of sales and licensing contract terms and busi-
ness arrangements that are prevalent in the software industry. 
Future interpretations or changes by the regulators of existing 
accounting  standards  or  changes  in  our  business  practices 
could  result  in  changes  in  our  revenue  recognition  and/or
other accounting policies and practices that could adversely 
affect  our  business,  financial  condition,  cash  fl ows,  revenue
and results of operations.

fi

Failure to maintain effective internal controls in accordance 
with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 could 
have an adverse effect on our business, and our per share 
price  may  be  adversely  affected.  Pursuant  to  Section  404
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 404”) and the
rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC to implement
Section 404, we are required to include in our Form 10-K a
report by our management regarding the effectiveness of our 
internal  control  over  fi nancial  reporting.  The  report  includes,
among other things, an assessment of the effectiveness of our
internal control over financial reporting. The assessment must 
include  disclosure  of  any  material  weakness  in  our  internal 
control over fi nancial reporting identifi ed by management.

fi

fi

fi

fi

fi

As part of the ongoing evaluation being undertaken by man-
agement and our independent registered public accountants
pursuant  to  Section  404,  our  internal  control  over  financial
reporting was effective as of March 31, 2010. However, if
we fail to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls
or internal controls over financial reporting, we may discover
material weaknesses that we would then be required to dis-
close. Any material weaknesses identifi ed in our internal con-
trols could have an adverse effect on our business. We may 
not  be  able  to  accurately  or  timely  report  on  our  financial
results, and we might be subject to investigation by regulatory
authorities. This could result in a loss of investor confi dence in 
the accuracy and completeness of our fi nancial reports, which
may have an adverse effect on our stock price. 

fi

fi

20

No evaluation process can provide complete assurance that
our internal controls will detect and correct all failures within 
our  company  to  disclose  material  information  otherwise  re-
quired to be reported. The effectiveness of our controls and
procedures  could  also  be  limited  by  simple  errors  or  faulty 
judgments.  In  addition,  if  we  continue  to  expand,  through
either  organic  growth  or  through  acquisitions  (or  both),  the 
challenges involved in implementing appropriate controls will
increase and may require that we evolve some or all of our 
internal control processes. 

It is also possible that the overall scope of Section 404 may
be  revised  in  the  future,  thereby  causing  our  auditors  and
ourselves  to  review,  revise  or  reevaluate  our  internal  control
processes  which  may  result  in  the  expenditure  of  additional 
human and financial resources.

fi

Risks Related to Ownership of
Our Common Stock

The unpredictability of our quarterly operating results may 
cause the price of our common stock to fluctuate or decline.
Our revenue may fl uctuate in the future from quarter to quarter 
and period to period, as a result of a number of factors includ-
ing, without limitation:

flfl

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the size and timing of orders from clients; 

the specifi c mix of software, hardware, and services in 
client orders;

the length of sales cycles and installation processes; 

the  ability  of  our  clients  to  obtain  financing  for  the  pur-
chase of our products; 

fi

changes in pricing policies or price reductions by us or 
our competitors;

the timing of new product announcements and product
introductions by us or our competitors;

changes  in  revenue  recognition  or  other  accounting
guidelines  employed  by  us  and/or  established  by  the
Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  or  other  rule-
making bodies; 

•  accounting policies concerning the timing of the recogni-

tion of revenue;

• 

• 

the availability and cost of system components;

the financial stability of clients;

fi

•  market  acceptance  of  new  products,  applications  and

product enhancements; 

•  our ability to develop, introduce and market new prod-

ucts, applications and product enhancements; 

•  our  success  in  expanding  our  sales  and  marketing 

programs;

would  not  adversely  affect  our  operating  results  reported  in
any particular quarter or year. 

•  deferrals of client orders in anticipation of new products,
applications,  product  enhancements,  or  public/private 
sector initiatives; 

•  execution of or changes to our strategy;

•  personnel changes; and 

•  general market/economic factors.

Our  software  products  are  generally  shipped  as  orders  are 
received and accordingly, we have historically operated with
a minimal backlog of license fees. As a result, revenue in any
quarter is dependent on orders booked and shipped in that 
quarter and is not predictable with any degree of certainty.
Furthermore, our systems can be relatively large and expen-
sive, and individual systems sales can represent a signifi cant 
portion of our revenue and profi ts for a quarter such that the
fi
loss or deferral of even one such sale can adversely affect our
quarterly revenue and profi tability. 

fi

Clients often defer systems purchases until our quarter end, so
quarterly results generally cannot be predicted and frequently 
are not known until after the quarter has concluded.

Our sales are dependent upon clients’ initial decisions to re-
place or substantially modify their existing information systems,
and  subsequently,  their  decision  concerning  which  products 
and services to purchase. These are major decisions for health-
care providers and, accordingly, the sales cycle for our systems 
can vary signifi cantly and typically ranges from six to twenty
four months from initial contact to contract execution/shipment. 

Because  a  signifi cant  percentage  of  our  expenses  are  rela-
tively fi xed, a variation in the timing of systems sales, imple-
mentations,  and  installations  can  cause  signifi cant  variations
in  operating  results  from  quarter  to  quarter.  As  a  result,  we 
believe that interim period-to-period comparisons of our results
of operations are not necessarily meaningful and should not
be relied upon as indications of future performance. Further, 
our historical operating results are not necessarily indicative of
future performance for any particular period.

We  currently  recognize  revenue  pursuant  to  Financial 
Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards 
Codifi cation  (“ASC”)  Topic  985-605, Software,  Revenue 
Recognition,  or  ASC  985-605.  ASC  985-605  summarizes 
the FASB’s views in applying generally accepted accounting 
principles to revenue recognition in financial statements.

fi

There can be no assurance that application and subsequent 
interpretations of these pronouncements will not further modify
our  revenue  recognition  policies,  or  that  such  modifi cations

Due to all of the foregoing factors, it is possible that our oper-
ating results may be below the expectations of public market 
analysts and investors. In such event, the price of our common
stock would likely be adversely affected.

Our  common  stock  price  has  been  volatile,  which  could 
result  in  substantial  losses  for  investors  purchasing  shares 
of our common stock and in litigation against us. Volatility 
may  be  caused  by  a  number  of  factors  including  but  not
limited to:

•  actual  or  anticipated  quarterly  variations  in  operating

results; 

• 

• 

rumors  about  our  performance,  software  solutions,  or 
merger and acquisition activity;

changes in expectations of future financial performance 
or changes in estimates of securities analysts;

fi

•  governmental regulatory action;

•  health care reform measures;

• 

client relationship developments;

•  purchases or sales of company stock;

•  activities by one or more of our major shareholders con-

cerning our policies and operations;

• 

changes occurring in the markets in general; 

•  macroeconomic  conditions,  both  nationally  and  inter

nationally; and

•  other factors, many of which are beyond our control.

Furthermore,  the  stock  market  in  general,  and  the  market
for  software,  healthcare  and  high  technology  companies  in 
particular,  has  experienced  extreme  volatility  that  often  has
been  unrelated  to  the  operating  performance  of  particular
companies. These broad market and industry fl uctuations may
adversely  affect  the  trading  price  of  our  common  stock, 
regardless of actual operating performance. 

Moreover,  in  the  past,  securities  class  action  litigation  has 
often been brought against a company following periods of 
volatility in the market price of its securities. We may in the fu-
ture be the target of similar litigation. Securities litigation could
result  in  substantial  costs  and  divert  management’s  attention 
and resources.

Two  of  our  directors  are  significant  shareholders,  which
makes it possible for them to have significant infl
flfl
 uence over 
the outcome of all matters submitted to our shareholders for 
flfl
approval and which influence may be alleged to confl
ict with 

fifi

fifi

flfl

21

ITEM 2. Properties

Our principal administrative, accounting, QSI Dental Division
operations and NextGen Division training operations are lo-
cated in Irvine, California. Should we continue to grow, we 
may be required to lease additional space. We believe that
suitable additional or substitute space is available, if needed, 
at market rates.

As of March 31, 2010, we lease an aggregate of approxi-
mately 305,500 square feet of space with expiration dates, 
excluding options, ranging from month-to-month to September 
2016, as follows:

QSI Dental Division

  Irvine, California – Corporate Headquarters

24,000

Square Feet

  Other U.S. locations 

NextGen Division

  Horsham, Pennsylvania 

  Austin, Texas 

  Atlanta, Georgia

  Laguna Hills, California

Practice Solutions Division

  St. Louis, Missouri

  Hunt Valley, Maryland

Total leased properties 

5,000

98,000

39,000

35,000

4,500

66,500

33,500

305,500

ITEM 3. Legal Proceedings

In the normal course of business, we are involved in various
claims  and  legal  proceedings.  While  the  ultimate  resolution 
of these currently pending matters has yet to be determined,
we do not presently believe that their outcome will adversely 
affect our fi nancial position, results of operations or liquidity.

fi

We have experienced legal claims by parties asserting that 
we have infringed their intellectual property rights. We believe 
that these claims are without merit and intend to defend them 
vigorously; however, we could incur substantial costs and di-
version of management resources defending any infringement 
claim – even if we are ultimately successful in the defense of 
such matter. Litigation is inherently uncertain and always dif-
fi cult to predict. We refer you to the discussion of infringement
and litigation risks in our Risk Factors section of this Report.

ITEM 4. Reserved

our interests and the interests of our other shareholders. Two
of our directors and principal shareholders benefi cially owned 
an  aggregate  of  approximately  33.5%  of  the  outstanding
shares of our common stock at March 31, 2010. California
law and our Bylaws permit our shareholders to cumulate their 
votes, the effect of which is to provide shareholders with suffi -
ciently large concentrations of our shares the opportunity to as-
sure themselves one or more seats on our Board of Directors.
The  amounts  required  to  assure  a  Board  position  can  vary
based upon the number of shares outstanding, the number of 
shares voting, the number of directors to be elected, the num-
ber of “broker non-votes,” and the number of shares held by
the shareholder exercising cumulative voting rights. In the event
that cumulative voting is invoked, it is likely that the two of our 
directors holding an aggregate of approximately 33.5% of the 
outstanding shares of our common stock at March 31, 2010
will each have suffi cient votes to assure themselves of one or
more seats on our Board of Directors. With or without cumula-
tive voting, these shareholders will have signifi cant infl uence 
over the outcome of all matters submitted to our shareholders
for approval, including the election of our directors and other
corporate actions. In fiscal year 2009, one of the principal
shareholders,  Ahmed  Hussein,  proposed  a  different  slate  of
directors than what the Company proposed to shareholders.
The Company spent approximately $1.5 million to defend the
Company’s slate. In addition, such infl uence by one or both of 
these shareholders could have the effect of discouraging oth-
ers from attempting to purchase us, implement a change over 
our Board of Directors and management, and/or reducing the 
market price offered for our common stock in such an event.

fi

fi

Our  future  policy  concerning  the  payment  of  dividends  is 
uncertain,  which  could  adversely  affect  the  price  of  our 
stock. We have announced our intention to pay a quarterly
dividend  commencing  with  the  conclusion  of  our  first  fi
fi
scal
quarter of 2008 (June 30, 2007) and pursuant to this policy
our  Board  of  Directors  has  declared  a  quarterly  cash  divi-
dend ranging from $0.25 to its most recent level of $0.30 per
share on our outstanding shares of common stock, each quar-
ter thereafter. We anticipate that future quarterly dividends, if
and when declared by our Board of Directors pursuant to this
policy, would likely be distributable on or about the fi fth day of
each of the months of October, January, April and July. There 
can be no guarantees that we will have the financial where-
withal to fund this dividend in perpetuity or to pay it at historic
rates. Further, our Board of Directors may decide not to pay
fi
the dividend at some future time for financial or non-fi
 nancial
reasons.  Unfulfi lled  expectations  regarding  future  dividends
could adversely affect the price of our stock.

fi

fi

fi

ITEM 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

22

Part II

ITEM 5. Market for Registrant’s 
Common Equity, Related Shareholder
Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities

Market Price and Holders

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select
Market under the symbol “QSII.”  The following table sets forth
for  the  quarters  indicated  the  high  and  low  sales  prices  for
each period indicated, as reported on the NASDAQ Global
Select Market:

Quarter Ended

June 30, 2008

September 30, 2008

December 31, 2008

March 31, 2009

June 30, 2009

September 30, 2009

December 31, 2009

March 31, 2010

High

$35.97

$47.94

$44.98

$48.46

$62.00

$64.16

$65.98

$68.59

Low

$29.00

$27.34

$25.70

$34.26

$43.44

$50.87

$57.63

$51.30

At May 21, 2010, there were approximately 88 holders of
record of our common stock.

Dividends

In  January  2007,  our  Board  of  Directors  adopted  a  policy
whereby  we  intend  to  pay  a  regular  quarterly  dividend  of
$0.25 per share on our outstanding common stock, subject 
to  further  Board  review  and  approval  and  establishment  of 
record and distribution dates by our Board of Directors prior
to the declaration of each such quarterly dividend. In August 
2008, our Board of Directors increased the quarterly dividend
to $0.30 per share. We anticipate that future quarterly divi-
dends, if and when declared by our Board of Directors pursu-
ant  to  this  policy,  would  likely  be  distributable  on  or  about 
the fi fth day of each of the months of October, January, April 
and July.

On May 26, 2010, the Board of Directors approved a quar-
terly  cash  dividend  of  $0.30  per  share  on  our  outstanding 
shares of common stock, payable to shareholders of record
as of June 17, 2010 with an expected distribution date on or
about July 6, 2010. 

The following dividends have been declared in the 2010, 2009, and 2008 fiscal years on the dates indicated:

fi

Board Approval Date

Fiscal year 2010

January 27, 2010

October 28, 2009

July 23, 2009

May 27, 2009

Fiscal year 2009

January 28, 2009 

October 30, 2008

August 4, 2008

May 29, 2008

Fiscal year 2008

January 30, 2008 

October 25, 2007

July 31, 2007

May 31, 2007

Record 
Date

Payment
Date

Dividend
Amount

March 23, 2010

December 23, 2009

September 25, 2009

June 12, 2009

March 11, 2009

December 15, 2008

September 15, 2008

June 15, 2008

March 14, 2008

December 14, 2007

September 14, 2007

June 15, 2007

April 5, 2010

 $  0.30

January 5, 2010

October 5, 2009

July 6, 2009

0.30

0.30

0.30

April 3, 2009

 $  0.30

January 5, 2009

October 1, 2008

July 2, 2008

0.30

0.30

0.25

April 7, 2008 

 $  0.25

January 7, 2008

October 5, 2007

July 5, 2007

0.25

0.25

0.25

Payment of future dividends, if any, will be at the discretion 
of  our  Board  of  Directors  after  taking  into  account  various 
factors,  including  without  limitation,  our  fi nancial  condition,

operating  results,  current  and  anticipated  cash  needs  and
plans for expansion. 

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
The following graph compares the cumulative total returns of
our common stock, the NASDAQ Composite Index, and the
NASDAQ Computer & Data Processing Services Stock Index
over the fi ve-year period ended March 31, 2010 assuming 
$100 was invested on March 31, 2005 with all dividends, if
any, reinvested. This performance graph shall not be deemed

to  be  “soliciting  material”  or  “filed”  for  purposes  of  Section
fi
18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the 
“Exchange  Act”)  or  otherwise  subject  to  the  liabilities  under 
that Section and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by 
reference into any filing of the Company under the Securities 
Act of 1933, as amended or the Exchange Act. 

fi

Comparison of 5 Year Cumulative Total Return*
Among Quality Systems, Inc., The NASDAQ Composite Index 
and the NASDAQ Computer & Data Processing Index

$ 350

$ 300

$ 250

$ 200

$ 150

$ 100

$ 50

$ 0

3/31/2005

3/31/2006

3/31/2007

3/31/2008

3/31/2009

3/31/2010

Quality Systems, Inc.                         NASDAQ Composite                         NASDAQ Computer & Data Processing

* $100 invested on 3/31/2005 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends. Fiscal year ending March 31.

The last trade price of our common stock on each of March 
31, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010 was published 
by  NASDAQ  and,  accordingly  for  the  periods  ended
March 31, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010 the re-
ported  last  trade  price  was  utilized  to  compute  the  total 

cumulative  return  for  our  common  stock  for  the  respective 
periods then ended. Shareholder returns over the indicated
periods should not be considered indicative of future stock 
prices or shareholder returns. 

24

ITEM 6. Selected Financial Data

fi

The  following  selected  fi nancial  data  with  respect  to  our
Consolidated  Statements  of  Income  data  for  each  of  the 
fi ve  years  in  the  period  ended  March  31,  2009  and  the
Consolidated  Balance  Sheet  data  as  of  the  end  of  each
such  fi scal  year  are  derived  from  our  audited  consolidated
fi
financial statements. The following information should be read 

fi

in  conjunction  with  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements
and  the  related  notes  thereto  and  “Item  7.  Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations” included elsewhere herein. All share prices in the 
table below have been retroactively adjusted to refl ect the fis-fi
cal year 2006 and 2005 stock splits.

Consolidated Financial Data

Statements of Income Data:

Revenue

Cost of revenue

Gross profi t

Selling, general and
administrative expenses

Research and development costs

Amortization of acquired
intangible assets

Income from operations

Interest income

Other income (expense)

Income before provision for
income taxes

Provision for income taxes

Year ended March 31,

2010

2009

2008

2007

2006

(in thousands, except per share data)

$   291,811 

$   245,515 

 $  186,500 

 $  157,165 

 $  119,287

 110,807 

 88,890 

 62,501 

 50,784 

 181,004 

 156,625 

 123,999 

 106,381 

 39,828 

 79,459

 86,951 

 16,546 

 69,410 

 13,777 

 53,260 

 11,350 

 45,337 

 10,166 

 35,554 

 8,087 

 1,783 

 1,035 

–

–

–

 75,724 

 72,403 

 59,389 

 50,878 

 35,818 

226 

 268

 1,203 

 (279)

 2,661 

 953 

 3,306 

 2,108

 – 

 – 

 76,218 

 27,839 

 73,327 

 27,208 

 63,003 

 22,925 

 54,184 

 20,952 

 37,926

 14,604 

Net income

 $     48,379 

 $     46,119 

 $   40,078 

  $     33,232 

  $     23,322

Basic net income per share

 $         1.69 

 $         1.65 

 $       1.47 

 $        1.24 

 $       0.88

Diluted net income per share

 $         1.68 

 $         1.62 

 $       1.44 

 $        1.21 

 $       0.85

Basic weighted average shares
outstanding

Diluted weighted average shares
outstanding

 28,635 

 28,031 

 27,298 

 26,882 

 26,413

 28,796 

 28,396 

 27,770 

 27,550 

 27,356

Dividends declared per common share

 $         1.20

 $         1.15

 $         1.00

 $         1.00  $         0.875

March 31,2010 March 31,2009 March 31,2008 March 31,2007 March 31,2006

Balance Sheet Data:

Cash and cash equivalents

 $     84,611 

 $     70,180 

  $     59,046 

 $   60,028 

 $    57,255

Working capital

Total assets

Total liabilities

 $  118,935 

 $    98,980 

  $     79,932 

 $    76,616 

 $    61,724

 $  310,180 

 $  242,101 

$  187,908 

 $  150,681 

 $  122,247

 $  121,891 

 $   86,534 

 $    74,203 

 $    59,435 

 $    49,838

Total shareholders’ equity

 $  188,289 

 $  155,567 

$  113,705 

 $    91,246 

 $    72,409

25

ITEM 7. Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and 
Results of Operations

Except for the historical information contained herein, the mat-
ters discussed in this management’s discussion and analysis of
financial condition and results of operations, or MD&A, includ-
fi
ing  discussions  of  our  product  development  plans,  business
strategies  and  market  factors  infl uencing  our  results,  may  in-
clude forward-looking statements that involve certain risks and
uncertainties. Actual results may differ from those anticipated
by us as a result of various factors, both foreseen and unfore-
seen,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  our  ability  to  continue  to
develop new products and increase systems sales in markets 
characterized by rapid technological evolution, consolidation,
and  competition  from  larger,  better  capitalized  competitors. 
Many  other  economic,  competitive,  governmental  and  tech-
nological factors could affect our ability to achieve our goals, 
and interested persons are urged to review the risks described 
in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” as set forth above, as well as in our 
fi
other public disclosures and filings with the Commission.

Overview 

fi

This MD&A is provided as a supplement to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements and notes thereto included in this Report, 
in order to enhance your understanding of our results of op-
erations and financial condition and the following discussion 
should be read in conjunction with, and is qualifi ed in its en-
tirety  by,  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  related 
notes thereto included elsewhere in this Report. Historical re-
sults  of  operations,  percentage  margin  fl uctuations  and  any 
trends that may be inferred from the discussion below are not
necessarily  indicative  of  the  operating  results  for  any  future 
period.

• Management Overview. This section provides a general
description of our Company and operating segments, a 
discussion as to how we derive our revenue, background 
information on certain trends and developments affecting
our Company, a summary of our acquisition transactions
and  a  discussion  on  management’s  strategy  for  driving
revenue growth.

• Critical  Accounting  Policies  and  Estimates.  This  section
discusses  those  accounting  policies  that  are  considered 
important to the evaluation and reporting of our financial
condition  and  results  of  operations,  and  whose  applica-
tion requires us to exercise subjective or complex judgments 
in  making  estimates  and  assumptions.  In  addition,  all  of
our  significant  accounting  policies,  including  our  critical
accounting  policies,  are  summarized  in  Note  2  to  the
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Report. 

fi

fi

•  Overview  of  Results  of  Operations  and  Results  of 
Operations by Operating Divisions. These sections pro-
vide our analysis and outlook for the signifi cant line items 
on  our  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income,  as  well  as
other information that we deem meaningful to understand
our  results  of  operations  on  both  a  consolidated  basis
and an operating division basis.

• 

Liquidity and Capital Resources. This section provides an 
analysis of our liquidity and cash fl ows and discussions of 
our contractual obligations and commitments as of March 
31, 2010.

• New  Accounting  Pronouncements.  This  section  pro-
vides  a  summary  of  the  most  recent  authoritative  ac-
counting standards and guidance that have either been 
recently adopted by our Company or may be adopted 
in the future.

Management Overview 

Our  Company  is  comprised  of  the  QSI  Dental  Division,
the  NextGen  Division,  and  the  Practice  Solutions  Division. 
Operationally,  HSI  and  PMP  are  considered  and  adminis-
tered  as  part  of  the  Practice  Solutions  Division  while  Opus 
and Sphere operate under the NextGen Division. We primar-
ily  derive  revenue  by  developing  and  marketing  healthcare
information systems that automate certain aspects of medical 
and dental practices, networks of practices such as PHOs and 
MSOs,  ambulatory  care  centers,  community  health  centers,
and  medical  and  dental  schools  along  with  comprehensive
systems  implementation,  maintenance  and  support  and  add 
on complementary services such as RCM and EDI. Our sys-
tems  and  services  provide  our  clients  with  the  ability  to  re-
design patient care and other workfl ow processes while im-
proving productivity through facilitation of managed access to
patient information. Utilizing our proprietary software in com-
bination with third party hardware and software solutions, our
products enable the integration of a variety of administrative 
and clinical information operations.

On May 20, 2008, we acquired HSI, a full-service health-
care RCM company. HSI operates under the umbrella of the 
Company’s Practice Solutions Division. Founded in 1996, HSI
provides RCM services to providers including health systems, 
hospitals, and physicians in private practice with an in-house
team  of  more  than  200  employees,  including  specialists  in
medical billing, coding and compliance, payor credentialing, 
and information technology. 

On  October  28,  2008,  we  acquired  PMP,  a  full-service
healthcare  RCM  company.  This  acquisition  is  also  part  of 
our growth strategy for our Practice Solutions Division. Similar 
to HSI, PMP operates under the umbrella of the Company’s 

26

Practice Solutions Division. Founded in 2001, PMP provides
physician  billing  and  technology  management  services  to 
healthcare providers, primarily in the Mid-Atlantic region. 

On  August  12,  2009,  we  acquired  Sphere,  a  provider  of
financial  information  systems  to  the  small  hospital  inpatient
fi
market. This acquisition is also part of our strategy to expand
into the small hospital market and to add new customers by
taking advantage of cross selling opportunities between the 
ambulatory and inpatient markets. 

On  February  10,  2010,  we  acquired  Opus,  a  provider  of
clinical information systems to the small hospital inpatient mar-
ket.  Founded  in  1987  and  headquartered  in  Austin,  Texas,
Opus delivers web-based clinical solutions to hospital systems 
and  integrated  health  networks  nationwide.  This  acquisition 
complements and will be integrated with the assets of Sphere.
Both companies are established developers of software and
services  for  the  inpatient  market  and  will  operate  under  the 
Company’s NextGen Division.

Our strategy is, at present, to focus on providing software and
services to medical and dental practices. The key elements of
this strategy are to continue development and enhancement of 
select software solutions in target markets, to continue invest-
ments in our infrastructure including but not limited to product
development, sales, marketing, implementation, and support,
to continue efforts to make infrastructure investments within an
overall context of maintaining reasonable expense discipline, 
to  add  new  customers  through  maintaining  and  expanding 
sales, marketing and product development activities, and to 
expand  our  relationship  with  existing  customers  through  de-
livery  of  add-on  and  complementary  products  and  services 

and to continue our gold standard commitment of service in 
support of our customers.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The  discussion  and  analysis  of  our  Consolidated  Financial
Statements  and  results  of  operations  is  based  upon  our 
Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  which  have  been  pre-
pared in accordance with accounting principles generally ac-
cepted  in  the  United  States  of  America.  The  preparation  of 
these Consolidated Financial Statements requires us to make 
estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of as-
sets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and related disclosures 
of contingent assets and liabilities. On an on-going basis, we
evaluate estimates, including but not limited to those related to
revenue  recognition,  valuation  of  marketable  securities,  ARS 
put option rights, uncollectible accounts receivable, software 
development cost, intangible assets and self-insurance accru-
als for reasonableness. We base our estimates on historical
experience  and  on  various  other  assumptions  that  manage-
ment believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the 
results  of  which  form  the  basis  for  making  judgments  about
the  carrying  values  of  assets  and  liabilities  that  may  not  be
readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ 
from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

We  believe  that  signifi cant  accounting  policies,  as  de-
scribed in Note 2 of our Consolidated Financial Statements, 
“Summary of Signifi cant Accounting Policies” should be read 
in conjunction with Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations.  We  believe
the following table depicts the most critical accounting policies
that affect our Consolidated Financial Statements:

Revenue Recognition

Judgments and Uncertainties

We generate revenue from the sale of licensing
rights  to  use  our  software  products  sold  directly 
to end-users and value-added resellers, or VARs. 
We also generate revenue from sales of hardware
and third party software, implementation, training,
software customization, EDI, post-contract support
(maintenance) and other services, including RCM
services, performed for customers who license our 
products. 

Revenue from implementation and training services
is recognized as the corresponding services are 
performed.  Maintenance  revenue  is  recognized
ratably over the contractual maintenance period. 
RCM revenue is derived from services fees, which 
include amounts charged for ongoing billing and 
other related services and are generally billed to

A typical system contract contains multiple elements of the above  items. 
FASB ASC Topic 985-605-25, Software, Revenue Recognition, Multiple 
Elements, or ASC 985-605-25, requires revenue earned on software ar-
rangements involving multiple elements to be allocated to each element 
based on the relative fair values of those elements. The fair value of an 
element must be based on vendor specifi c objective evidence (“VSOE”).
We  limit  our  assessment  of  VSOE  for  each  element  to  either  the  price
charged when the same element is sold separately or the price established 
by management having the relevant authority to do so, for an element not
yet sold separately. VSOE calculations are updated and reviewed at the 
end of each quarter or annually depending on the nature of the product or
service. We have established VSOE for the related undelivered elements 
based on the bell-shaped curve method. Maintenance VSOE for our larg-
est customers is based on stated renewal rates only if the rate is determined 
to be substantive and falls within our customary pricing practices.

When evidence of fair value exists for the undelivered elements only, the 
residual method, provided for under ASC 985-605, is used. Under the

27

Revenue Recognition (continued)

the customer as a percentage of total collections.
We  do  not  recognize  revenue  for  services  fees
until  these  collections  are  made  as  the  services 
fees are not fi xed or determinable until such time.

residual method, we defer revenue related to the undelivered elements in 
a system sale based on VSOE of fair value of each of the undelivered ele-
ments, and allocate the remainder of the contract price net of all discounts
to revenue recognized from the delivered elements. Undelivered elements
of a system sale may include implementation and training services, hard-
ware and third party software, maintenance, future purchase discounts, or 
other services. If VSOE of fair value of any undelivered element does not
exist, all revenue is deferred until VSOE of fair value of the undelivered ele-
ment is established or the element has been delivered.

We bill for the entire system sales contract amount upon contract execu-
tion, except for maintenance which is billed separately. Amounts billed in
excess of the amounts contractually due are recorded in accounts receiv-
able as advance billings. Amounts are contractually due when services are
performed or in accordance with contractually specifi ed payment dates.
Provided the fees are fi xed or determinable and collection is considered 
probable, revenue from licensing rights and sales of hardware and third
party software is generally recognized upon shipment and transfer of title. 
In certain transactions whose collections risk is high, the cash basis method
is used to recognize revenue. If the fee is not fi xed or determinable, then 
the  revenue  recognized  in  each  period  (subject  to  application  of  other
revenue recognition criteria) will be the lesser of the aggregate of amounts 
due and payable or the amount of the arrangement fee that would have
been  recognized  if  the  fees  were  being  recognized  using  the  residual 
method. Fees which are considered fi xed or determinable at the inception
of our arrangements must include the following characteristics:

• 

• 

The  fee  must  be  negotiated  at  the  outset  of  an  arrangement,  and
generally  be  based  on  the  specifi c  volume  of  products  to  be  de-
livered  without  being  subject  to  change  based  on  variable  pricing
mechanisms such as the number of units copied or distributed or the 
expected number of users; and

Payment terms must not be considered extended. If a signifi cant por-
tion of the fee is due more than 12 months after delivery or after the 
expiration of the license, the fee is presumed not fi xed or determinable.

Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions

Although  we  believe  that  our  approach  to  estimates  and  judgments  as 
described  herein  is  reasonable,  actual  results  could  differ  and  we  may 
be exposed to increases or decreases in revenue that could be material.

Valuation of Marketable Securities and 
ARS Put Option Rights

Our investments at March 31, 2010 and 2009
are in tax exempt municipal ARS which are clas-
sifi ed as either current or non-current marketable 
securities  on  our  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets,
depending on the liquidity and timing of expected
realization of such securities.

Judgments and Uncertainties

Marketable securities are recorded at fair value, based on quoted market
rates or on valuation analysis when appropriate. The cost of marketable
securities sold is based upon the specifi c identifi cation method. Realized 
gains or losses and other-than-temporary declines in the fair value of mar-
ketable  securities  are  determined  on  a  specifi c  identifi cation  basis  and 
reported in interest and other income, net, as incurred.

The fair value of our marketable securities has been estimated by manage-
ment based on certain assumptions of what market participants would use 

28

Valuation of Marketable Securities and 
ARS Put Option Rights (continued)

Our  ARS  are  held  by  UBS  Financial  Services 
Inc.. On November 13, 2008, we entered into 
an  Auction  Rate  Security  Rights  Agreement  with 
UBS,  whereby  the  we  accepted  UBS’s  offer  to 
purchase the Company’s ARS investments at any
time during the period of June 30, 2010 through
July 2, 2012. As a result, we had obtained an as-
set, ARS put option rights, whereby the we have a 
right to “put” the ARS back to UBS. We expect to 
exercise its ARS put option rights and put its ARS
back to UBS on June 30, 2010, the earliest date
allowable under the Rights Agreement.

l

in pricing the asset in a current transaction, or level 3 – unobservable inputs
in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 820-10, Fair Value Measurements
and Disclosures-Overall, or ASC 820-10. Management used a model to 
estimate the fair value of these securities that included certain level 2 inputs 
as well as assumptions, including a liquidity discount, based on manage-
ment’s  judgment,  which  are  highly  subjective  and  therefore  considered 
level 3 inputs in the fair value hierarchy. The estimate of the fair value of the
marketable securities could change based on market conditions. 

Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions

Although we believe that our approach to estimates and judgments as 
described herein is reasonable, actual results could differ and we may
be exposed to increases or decreases in gains and losses that could 
be material.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Judgments and Uncertainties

We  maintain  allowances  for  doubtful  accounts 
for  estimated  losses  resulting  from  the  inability 
of  our  customers  to  make  required  payments. 
We  perform  credit  evaluations  of  our  custom-
ers  and  maintain  reserves  for  estimated  credit
losses.  Reserves  for  potential  credit  losses  are
determined  by  establishing  both  specifi c  and 
general reserves. 

Specifi c reserves are based on management’s estimate of the probability
of  collection  for  certain  troubled  accounts.  General  reserves  are  estab-
lished based on our historical experience of bad debt expense and the
aging of our accounts receivable balances net of deferred revenue and
specifi cally reserved accounts. If the financial condition of our customers
were to deteriorate resulting in an impairment of their ability to make pay-
ments, additional allowances would be required.

fi

Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions

Although we believe that our approach to estimates and judgments as 
described herein is reasonable, actual results could differ and we may
be exposed to increases or decreases in required reserves that could
be material.

Software Development Costs

Judgments and Uncertainties

Development costs incurred in the research and
development of new software products and en-
hancements  to  existing  software  products  are 
expensed  as  incurred  until  technological  feasi-
bility has been established. After technological
feasibility  is  established  with  the  completion  of 
a working model of the enhancement or prod-
uct, any additional development costs are capi-
talized  in  accordance  with  FASB  ASC  Topic 
985-20, Software, Costs of Computer Software 
to be Sold, Leased or Marketed, or ASC 985-
20. Such capitalized costs are amortized on a 
straight  line  basis  over  the  estimated  economic
life  of  the  related  product,  which  is  generally 
three years. 

d

We  perform  an  annual  review  of  the  recoverability  of  such  capital-
ized  software  costs.  At  the  time  a  determination  is  made  that  capital-
ized amounts are not recoverable based on the estimated cash fl ows to 
be generated from the applicable software, any remaining capitalized 
amounts are written off.

Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions

Although  we  believe  that  our  approach  to  estimates  and  judgments  as 
described  herein  is  reasonable,  actual  results  could  differ  and  we  may 
be exposed to increases or decreases in revenue that could be material.

29

Goodwill

Judgments and Uncertainties

Goodwill  is  related  to  the  NextGen  Division 
and  the  HSI,  PMP,  Sphere,  and  Opus  acquisi-
tions, which closed on May 20, 2008, October 
28, 2008, August 12, 2009, and February 10,
2010, respectively. 

l

fi

In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350-20, Intangibles – Goodwill and 
Other, Goodwill, or ASC 350-20, we test goodwill for impairment annu-
fi
ally at the end of our first fi
scal quarter, referred to as the annual test date. 
We  will  also  test  for  impairment  between  annual  test  dates  if  an  event 
occurs or circumstances change that would indicate the carrying amount 
may be  impaired. Impairment testing for goodwill is performed at a re-
porting unit level, which is defined as an operating segment or one level
below and operating segment (referred to as a component). A component
of an operating segment is a reporting unit if the component constitutes a
business for which discrete fi nancial information is available and segment
management regularly reviews the operating results of that component. An 
impairment loss would generally be recognized when the carrying amount 
of  the  reporting  unit’s  net  assets  exceeds  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the 
reporting unit. 

fi

fi

Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions

We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology 
we use to assess impairment loss during the past three fiscal years.

fi

The carrying values of goodwill at March 31, 2010 were $46.2 million.
We have determined that there was no risk of impairment to our goodwill
as of March 31, 2010.

We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a 
material change in the future estimates or assumptions we use to test for 
impairment  losses  on  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets.  However,  if 
actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may
be exposed to an impairment charge that could be material.

Judgments and Uncertainties

In  accordance  with  business  combination  accounting  under  FASB  ASC 
Topic 805, Business Combinations, or ASC 805, we allocate the purchase
price of acquired businesses to the tangible and intangible assets acquired 
and liabilities assumed based on estimated fair values. Our purchase price 
allocation methodology contains uncertainties because it requires manage-
ment to make assumptions and to apply judgment to estimate the fair value 
of acquired assets and liabilities. Management estimates the fair value of 
assets and liabilities based upon quoted market prices, the carrying value
of the acquired assets and widely accepted valuation techniques, includ-
ing  discounted  cash  fl ows  and  market  multiple  analyses.  Unanticipated 
events or circumstances may occur which could affect the accuracy of our 
fair  value  estimates,  including  assumptions  regarding  industry  economic 
factors and business strategies.

Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions

We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a 
material change in the future estimates or assumptions we use to complete 
the purchase price allocation and estimate the fair value of acquired as-
sets  and  liabilities.  However,  if  actual  results  are  not  consistent  with  our

Business Combinations – Purchase Price 
Allocations

During the last three fi scal years, we completed
three signifi cant acquisitions:

fi

In February 2010, we acquired for $20.6 million.

In  October  2008,  we  acquired  PMP  for  $19.7
million, including transaction costs.

In May 2008, we acquired HSI for $15.6 million, 
including transaction costs.

30

Business Combinations – Purchase Price 
Allocations (continued)

estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to losses or gains that could 
be material.

Intangible Assets

Judgments and Uncertainties

Intangible  assets  consist  of  capitalized  software
costs,  customer  relationships,  trade  names  and 
certain  intellectual  property.  Intangible  assets  re-
lated to customer relationships and trade names
arose  in  connection  with  the  acquisition  of  HSI,
PMP, Opus, and Sphere. 

These intangible assets were recorded at fair value and are stated net of
accumulated  amortization  and  impairments.  Intangible  assets  are  amor-
tized over their remaining estimated useful lives, ranging from 3 to 9 years. 
Our amortization policy for intangible assets is based on the principles in 
FASB  ASC  Topic  350-30,  Intangibles  –  Goodwill  and  Other,  General 
Intangibles  Other  than  Goodwill,l or  ASC  350-30,  which  requires  that 
the amortization of intangible assets refl ect the pattern that the economic 
benefi ts of the intangible assets are consumed.

fi

Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions

Although  we  believe  that  our  approach  to  estimates  and  judgments  as 
described herein is reasonable, actual results could differ and we may be 
exposed to decreases in the fair value of our intangible assets, resulting in 
impairment charges that could be material.

Share-Based Compensation

Judgments and Uncertainties

We  have  a  stock-based  compensation  plan,
which includes stock options and restricted stock 
units.  See  Note  2,  “Summary  of  Signifi cant 
Accounting  Policies,”  and  Note  13,  “Share-
Based  Awards,”  to  the  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements  of  this  Report  for  a  complete  discus-
sion of our stock-based compensation programs.

We apply the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 718, Compensation – Stock 
Compensation, or ASC 718, which requires the measurement and recogni-
tion of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made 
to  employees  and  directors  based  on  estimated  fair  values.  ASC  718 
requires us to estimate the fair value of share-based payment awards on
the date of grant using an option-pricing model. We estimate the expected
term of the option using historical exercise experience. We estimate volatil-
ity by using the weighted average historical volatility of our common stock,
which  we  believe  approximates  expected  volatility.  The  risk  free  rate  is 
the implied yield available on the U.S Treasury zero-coupon issues with
remaining terms equal to the expected term. The expected dividend yield 
is the average dividend rate during a period equal to the expected term of
the option. Those inputs are then entered into the Black Scholes model to 
determine the estimated fair value. The value of the portion of the award
that is expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service
period in our Consolidated Statements of Income. 

Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions

We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material
change in the future estimates or assumptions we use to determine stock-
based compensation expense. However, if actual results are not consistent 
with  our  estimates  or  assumptions,  we  may  be  exposed  to  changes  in 
stock-based compensation expense that could be material.

31

Self-Insured Liabilities

Judgments and Uncertainties

fi

Effective January 1, 2010, the Company became
self-insured with respect to healthcare claims, sub-
ject to stop-loss limits. The Company accrues for 
estimated  self-insurance  costs  and  uninsured  ex-
posures  based  on  claims  filed  and  an  estimate
of  claims  incurred  but  not  reported  as  of  each
balance sheet date. However, it is possible that 
recorded accruals may not be adequate to cover 
the future payment of claims. Adjustments, if any,
to estimated accruals resulting from ultimate claim
payments will be refl ected in earnings during the 
periods in which such adjustments are determined. 

Our self-insured liabilities contain uncertainties because management is re-
quired to make assumptions and to apply judgment to estimate the ultimate
cost to settle reported claims and claims incurred but not reported at the
balance sheet date.

Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions

We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a 
material change in the estimates or assumptions we use to calculate our 
self-insured liabilities. However, if actual results are not consistent with our 
estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to losses or gains that could 
be material.

Overview of Our Results
•  Our  total  revenue  increased  18.9%  and  income  from
operations  grew  4.6%  on  a  consolidated  basis  for  the 
year  ended  March  31,  2010.  Revenue  was  positively
impacted by growth in recurring revenue, including main-
tenance,  EDI  and  RCM  revenue,  which  grew  22.4%,
18.7% and 71.1% respectively, offset by higher corporate
expenses. 

fi

•  Uncertainty over the fi nal rules regarding incentive pay-
ments  tied  to  the  ARRA  continued  to  negatively  impact
system sales revenue in fi scal year 2010. We have made 
investments in our sales and marketing areas in anticipa-
tion of receiving the final rules related to the ARRA.

fi

fi

•  Our year over year growth in revenue and operating in-
come during the year ended March 31, 2010 was par-
tially  attributable  to  the  HSI  and  PMP  acquisitions.  HSI
and PMP combined generated $42.7 million of revenue 
for fiscal year 2010 as compared to a total of $24.4 mil-
lion of revenue for the ten and fi ve months of respective 
results in fi scal year 2009. 

fi

fi

fi

•  Operating income was negatively impacted by a shift in 
revenue mix with an increased share of hardware, EDI,
and  RCM  revenue,  resulting  in  a  decline  in  our  gross 
profit margin. We also experienced higher selling, gen-
eral and administrative expenses primarily due to higher
selling  related  expenses  incurred  in  preparation  for  the 
ARRA, which was enacted in February 2009, as well as
higher corporate related expenses. 

•  We do not believe the revenue mix changes noted above 
represent a change in the overall purchasing environment. 
fi
On top of the potential benefits from the ARRA, we have

32

fi

benefited  and  hope  to  continue  to  benefi
fi
t  from  the  in-
creased demands on healthcare providers for greater ef-
fi ciency and lower costs, as well as increased adoption
rates for electronic medical records and other technology 
in the healthcare arena.

fi
•  While we expect to benefit from the increasing demands 
for greater effi ciency as well as government support for in-
creased adoption of electronic health records, the current
economic  environment,  combined  with  unpredictability
of the federal government’s plans to promote increased 
adoption of electronic medical records, makes the near 
term  achievement  of  such  benefi ts  and,  ultimately,  their
fi
impact on system sales, uncertain.

NextGen Division

•  NextGen Division revenue increased 13.6% in the year
ended March 31, 2010 and divisional operating income 
(excluding  unallocated  corporate  expenses)  increased 
8.3%  from  the  year  ended  March  31,  2009.  Organic
revenue growth in the NextGen Division was 11.6% and 
20.4% for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009,
respectively.

• 

The acquisitions of Opus and Sphere in fi scal year 2010 
added approximately $2.9 million in revenue for the year 
ended March 31, 2010 and $0.7 million in additional 
operating income in the same period a year ago. 

fi

•  Recurring  revenue,  consisting  of  maintenance  and  EDI
revenue,  represented  $111.9  million  and  accounted  for 
48.3%  of  total  NextGen  Division  revenue  during  fiscal
year  2010.  In  the  same  period  a  year  ago,  recurring
revenue  represented  44.3%  of  total  NextGen  Division
revenue, or $90.3 million.

fi

•  During the year ended March 31, 2010, we added staff-
ing  resources  in  anticipation  of  future  growth  from  the 
ARRA. We intend to continue doing so in future periods
to maximize our opportunities from the ARRA. 

•  Our goals include taking maximum advantage of future 
benefi ts  related  to  the  ARRA  and  continuing  to  further 
enhance  and  expand  the  marketing  and  sales  of  our 
existing products, developing new products for targeted
markets,  continuing  to  add  new  customers,  selling  ad-
ditional software and services to existing customers, ex-
panding penetration of connectivity and other services 
to  new  and  existing  customers,  and  capitalizing  on
growth and cross selling opportunities within the Practice 
Solutions Division and the recently acquired acute care 
software product lines. 

QSI Dental Division

•  QSI Dental Division revenue increased 8.1% in the year
ended March 31, 2010 and divisional operating income
(excluding  unallocated  corporate  expenses)  increased
2.2% from the year ended March 31, 2009. 

•  An increase in system sales revenue offset by an increase 
in selling, general and administrative expenses were the
chief contributors to the operating income results in fiscal
year 2010.

fi

• 

In July 2009, we licensed source code from PlanetDDS, 
Inc. that will allow us to deliver hosted, web-based SaaS 
practice management and clinical software solutions to
the dental industry. The software solution will be marketed
primarily to the multi-location dental group practice mar-
ket in which the Division has historically been a dominant 
player. This new software solution (NextDDS) brings the
QSI Dental Division to the forefront of the emergence of 
internet  based  applications  and  cloud  computing  and 

represents  a  signifi cant  growth  opportunity  for  us  to
sell both to our existing customer base as well as new 
customers.

•  Our goal for the QSI Dental Division is to maximize profit fi
performance given the constraints represented by a rela-
tively weak purchasing environment in the dental group
practice market while taking advantage of opportunities 
with the new NextDDS product. The QSI Dental Division 
also  intends  to  leverage  the  NextGen  Division’s  sales 
force to sell its dental electronic medical records software 
to  practices  that  provide  both  medical  and  dental  ser-
vices  such  as  Federal  Qualifi ed  Health  Centers,  which 
are receiving grants as part of the ARRA. 

Practice Solutions Division

• 

Practice Solutions Division revenue increased 67.5% in the 
year  ended  March  31,  2010  and  divisional  operating
income  (excluding  unallocated  corporate  expenses)  de-
creased 5.7% from the year ended March 31, 2009. A 
signifi cant driver of the increase in revenue was that fact 
that fiscal year 2010 included a full year of results for HSI
and PMP versus approximately ten and fi ve months of re-
spective results in fi scal year 2009. The Practice Solutions 
Division  also  benefi ted  from  organic  growth  achieved
through cross selling RCM services to existing NextGen
Division customers.

fi

fi

fi

•  Operating income as a percentage of revenue declined 
to approximately 5.4% of revenue versus 9.5% of revenue
primarily as a result of a smaller amount of software sales 
to  RCM  customers  compared  to  the  prior  year  as  well 
as costs related to transitioning to the NextGen platform
including training of staff and initial set up and other costs
related to achieving higher production volumes.

33

The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the percentage of net revenue represented by each item in our Consolidated 
Statements of Income (certain percentages below may not sum due to rounding):

          Year Ended March 31,

2010

2009

2008

             (Unaudited)

30.8%

34.8%

40.9%

4.9

35.7

30.6

12.0

12.6

9.2

64.3

100.0

4.2

4.1

8.3

4.6

8.7

9.5

7.0

29.7

38.0

62.0

29.8

5.7

0.6

36.1

25.9

0.1

0.1

26.1

9.5

5.4

40.2

29.7

12.0

8.7

9.3

59.8

100.0

5.4

4.2

9.6

4.8

8.7

6.0

7.1

26.6

36.2

63.8

28.3

5.6

0.4

34.3

29.5

0.5

(0.1)

29.9

11.1

7.2

48.1

30.3

12.0

0.5

9.1

51.9

100.0

5.8

5.5

11.4

6.7

8.5

0.3

6.7

22.1

33.5

66.5

28.6

6.1

0.0

34.6

31.8

1.4

0.5

33.8

12.3

16.6%

18.8%

21.5%

Revenues:

  Software, hardware and supplies

Implementation and training services

  System sales

  Maintenance

  Electronic data interchange services

  Revenue cycle management and related services

  Other services

  Maintenance, EDI, RCM and other services

  Total revenues

Cost of revenue:

  Software, hardware and supplies

Implementation and training services

  Total cost of system sales

  Maintenance

  Electronic data interchange services

  Revenue cycle management and related services

  Other services

  Total cost of maintenance, EDI, RCM and
  other services

  Total cost of revenue

  Gross profi t

Operating expenses:

  Selling, general and administrative

  Research and development costs

  Amortization of acquired intangible assets

  Total operating expenses

Income from operations

Interest income

Other income (expense)

Income before provision for income taxes

Provision for income taxes

  Net income

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended
March 31, 2009 and March 31, 2008
Net  Income. For  the  year  ended  March  31,  2010,  our  net
income  was  $48.4  million  or  $1.69  per  share  on  a  basic 
and $1.68 per share on a fully diluted basis. In comparison, 
we earned $46.1 million or $1.65 per share on a basic and
$1.62  per  share  on  a  fully  diluted  basis  in  the  year  ended 
March  31,  2009.  The  increase  in  net  income  for  the  year
ended March 31, 2010 was achieved primarily through the 
following:

•  an 18.9% increase in consolidated revenue, including an
increase of $27.7 million in revenue from our NextGen
Division and an increase of $17.4 million in revenue from
our Practice Solutions Division;

•  a  13.6%  increase  in  NextGen  Division  revenue,  which

accounted for 79.4% of consolidated revenue;

•  an increase of recurring revenue, including RCM, mainte-
nance, and EDI revenue, offset by a decline in our gross 
profit margin due primarily to both a shift in revenue mix
with  increased  RCM  revenue  and  lower  gross  margins 
related to RCM revenue; 

fi

•  an  increase  in  selling,  general  and  administrative  ex-
penses as a percentage of revenue related to higher sell-
ing and corporate expenses and

•  a decrease in interest income primarily due signifi cantly
lower  interest  rates,  as  compared  to  the  prior  year,  on
money market accounts in which we invest a majority of
our cash.

Revenue. Revenue  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2010  in-
creased 18.9% to $291.8 million from $245.5 million for the 
year  ended  March  31,  2009.  NextGen  Division  revenue
increased  13.6%  to  $231.6  million  from  $204.0  million  in 
the year ended March 31, 2009 while QSI Dental Division 
revenue increased 8.1% during that same period to $17.1 mil-
lion from $15.9 million and Practice Solutions Division revenue
increased  67.5%  during  that  same  period  to  $43.1  million 

from  $25.7  million.  Practice  Solutions  Division  revenue  was
impacted positively in fiscal year 2010 as a result of including 
a full year of results versus approximately ten and fi ve months 
of results for HSI and PMP, respectively, in fiscal year 2009.

fi

fi

We  divide  revenue  into  two  categories,  “system  sales”  and 
“maintenance,  EDI,  RCM  and  other  services.”    Revenue i n
the  system  sales  category  includes  software  license  fees, 
third party hardware and software, and implementation and 
training services related to purchase of our software systems.
The  majority  of  the  revenue  in  the  system  sales  category  is
related to the sale of software. Revenue in the maintenance, 
EDI, RCM and other services category includes maintenance,
EDI,  RCM,  follow-on  training  services,  annual  third  party 
license fees, hosting and other services revenue. 

System Sales. Revenue earned from Company-wide sales of
systems for the year ended March 31, 2010 increased 5.4% 
to $104.1 million from $98.8 million in the prior year.

Our  increase  in  revenue  from  sales  of  systems  was  princi-
pally the result of a 5.1% increase in category revenue at our
NextGen  Division  whose  sales  in  this  category  grew  from
$93.3  million  during  the  year  ended  March  31,  2009  to
$98.1 million during the year ended March 31, 2010. This 
increase was driven by higher sales of ambulatory practice
management and health records software to both new and
existing  clients,  as  well  as  increases  in  revenue  related  to 
implementation and training services.

Systems  sales  revenue  in  the  QSI  Dental  Division  increased
to approximately $3.9 million in the year ended March 31,
2010 from $3.0 million in the year ended March 31, 2009
while systems sales revenue in the Practice Solutions Division
decreased to approximately $2.1 million in the year ended
March 31, 2010 from $2.4 million in the year ended March 
31, 2009. Systems sales in the QSI Dental Division was posi-
tively impacted by greater joint sales of dental and medical 
software to Federally Qualifi ed Health Centers.

35

The following table breaks down our reported system sales into software, hardware, third party software, supplies, and imple-
mentation and training services components by division: 

Software

,
Hardware, Third Party
y
,
Software and Supplies

pp
Implementation and 
Training Services

Total System Sales

Year ended March 31, 2010

QSI Dental Division

NextGen Division

Practice Solutions Division

Consolidated

Year ended March 31, 2009

QSI Dental Division

NextGen Division

Practice Solutions Division

Consolidated

$ 1,699 

$ 1,409

$

825

$

3,933

79,832 

1,877 

4,944

–

13,284

267

98,060

2,144

$ 83,408 

$ 6,353

$

14,376

$

104,137

$

915 

$ 1,171

$

938

$

3,024

74,128 

2,397 

6,775

– 

12,437

–

93,340

2,397

$ 77,440 

$ 7,946

$

13,375

$

98,761

NextGen  Division  software  license  revenue  increased  7.7%
between  the  year  ended  March  31,  2009  and  the  year 
ended March 31, 2010. The Division’s software revenue ac-
counted for 81.4% of divisional system sales revenue during
the year ended March 31, 2010, compared to 79.4% during
the year ended March 31, 2009. Software license revenue 
growth continues to be an area of primary emphasis for the 
NextGen Division. The Opus acquisition contributed approxi-
mately $0.9 million to the NextGen Division’s software license
revenue during the year ended March 31, 2010. 

During the year ended March 31, 2010, 5.0% of NextGen 
Division’s system sales revenue was represented by hardware 
and third party software compared to 7.3% during the year
ended  March  31,  2009.  The  number  of  customers  who
purchase hardware and third party software and the dollar
amount of hardware and third party software revenue fl uctu-
ates each quarter depending on the needs of customers. The 
inclusion of hardware and third party software in the Division’s
sales arrangements is typically at the request of the customer 
and is not a priority focus for us.

Implementation  and  training  revenue  related  to  system  sales
at the NextGen Division increased 6.8% in the year ended
March  31,  2010  compared  to  the  year  ended  March  31,
2009.  The  amount  of  implementation  and  training  services
revenue is dependent on several factors, including timing of 
customer  implementations,  the  availability  of  qualifi ed  staff, 
and the mix of services being rendered. The number of imple-
mentation and training staff increased during the year ended 
March 31, 2010 versus 2009 in order to accommodate the
increased amount of implementation services sold in conjunc-
tion with increased software sales. In order to achieve growth
in this area, additional staffi ng increases and additional train-
ing facilities are anticipated, though actual future increases in

fi

revenue and staff will depend upon the availability of quali-
fi ed staff, business mix and conditions, and our ability to retain 
current staff members.

The NextGen Division’s growth has come in part from invest-
ments in sales and marketing activities including a revamped
NextGen.com Web site, new NextGen logo, new marketing
campaigns, trade show attendance, and other expanded ad-
vertising and marketing expenditures. We have also benefited 
from  winning  numerous  industry  awards  for  the  NextGen
Division’s  fl agship  NextGenehr  and  NextGen
epm software
r
products and the increasing acceptance of electronic medical 
records technology in the healthcare industry. 

fi

For  the  QSI  Dental  Division,  total  system  sales  increased 
30.1%  in  the  year  ended  March  31,  2010  compared  to
the year ended March 31, 2009. Systems sales in the QSI 
Dental  Division  were  positively  impacted  by  greater  joint 
sales of dental and medical software to Federally Qualifi ed 
Health  Centers.  In  addition,  the  Division  began  selling  the 
SaaS  based  NextDDS  product  during  the  year  ended 
March 31, 2010. 

For the Practice Solutions Division, total system sales decreased 
by 10.6% in the year ended March 31, 2010 compared to
the  year  ended  March  31,  2009.  Systems  sales  revenue
within the Practice Solutions Division is composed of sales to 
existing RCM customers only.

Maintenance, EDI, Revenue Cycle Management and Other 
Services. For  the  year  ended  March  31,  2010,  Company-
wide revenue from maintenance, EDI, RCM and other services 
grew 27.9% to $187.7 million from $146.8 million for the year 
ended  March  31,  2009.  The  increase  in  this  category  re-
sulted from an increase in maintenance, EDI, RCM and other
services  revenue  from  the  NextGen  and  Practice  Solutions 

36

 
 
 
 
Divisions. Total NextGen Division maintenance revenue for the 
year  ended  March  31,  2010  grew  24.9%  to  $81.9  million
from  $65.6  million  in  the  prior  year.  The  Opus  acquisition
contributed  $1.2  million  to  the  NextGen  Division’s  mainte-
nance revenue during the fi scal year ended March 31, 2010. 
NextGen Division EDI revenue grew 21.2% to $30.0 million 
compared  to  $24.8  million  in  the  prior  year.  RCM  revenue
grew  to  $36.7  million  from  $21.4  million  in  the  prior  year 
primarily as a result of increases in RCM revenue to existing 
customers as well as including a full year of results for HSI and 

fi

fi

PMP  in  fi scal  year  2010  versus  approximately  ten  and  fi ve
months of respective results in fi scal year 2009. Other services
fi
revenue for the NextGen Division, which consists primarily of 
third  party  annual  software  license  renewals,  consulting  ser-
vices  and  hosting  services  increased  6.9%  to  $21.7  million
from  $20.3  million  a  year  ago.  QSI  Dental  Division  main-
tenance,  EDI  and  other  services  revenue  increased  2.9%  to 
$13.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2010 compared
to $12.8 million in the prior year.

The following table details maintenance, EDI, RCM, and other services revenue by category for the years ended March 31,
2010 and 2009:

Maintenance

EDI

Revenue Cycle
Management

Other

Total

Year ended March 31, 2010

QSI Dental Division

NextGen Division

$ 7,217

$ 5,038

$

81,867

29,997

–

– 

$

940 

$ 13,195

21,697 

133,561

Practice Solutions Division

108

–

36,665 

4,145 

40,918

Consolidated

$ 89,192

$35,035

$ 36,665 

$ 26,782 

$187,674 

Year ended March 31, 2009

QSI Dental Division

NextGen Division

$ 7,167

$ 4,766

$

65,559

24,756

– 

– 

$

894 

$ 12,827

20,299 

110,614

Practice Solutions Division

136

–

21,431 

1,746 

23,313

Consolidated

$ 72,862

$29,522

$ 21,431 

$ 22,939 

$146,754 

The growth in maintenance revenue for the NextGen Division 
has come from new customers that have been added each
quarter,  existing  customers  who  have  purchased  additional
licenses,  and  our  relative  success  in  retaining  existing  main-
tenance  customers.  NextGen  Division’s  EDI  revenue  growth
has come from new customers and from further penetration of
the Division’s existing customer base. The growth in RCM is a 
result of the HSI and PMP acquisitions and future growth is ex-
pected from cross selling opportunities between the customer 

bases. We  intend to continue to promote maintenance, EDI
and RCM services to both new and existing customers.

Cost of Revenue. Cost of revenue for the year ended March
31, 2010 increased 24.7% to $110.8 million from $88.9 mil-
lion  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2009  and  the  cost  of
revenue as a percentage of revenue increased to 38.0% from 
36.2% due to the fact that the rate of growth in cost of revenue
grew  faster  than  the  aggregate  revenue  growth  rate  for  the
Company.

37

The  following  table  details  revenue  and  cost  of  revenue  on  a  consolidated  and  divisional  basis  for  the  years  ended 
March 31, 2010 and 2009:

Year Ended March 31,

2010

%

2009

%

QSI Dental Division

Revenue

Cost of revenue

Gross profi t

NextGen Division

Revenue

Cost of revenue

Gross profi t

Practice Solutions Division

Revenue

Cost of revenue

Gross profi t

Consolidated

Revenue

Cost of revenue

Gross profi t

  $  17,128 

7,788 

  $  9,340 

  $ 231,621 

  73,534 

  $ 158,087 

  $  43,062 

  29,485 

  $  13,577 

  $291,811

  110,807 

  $ 181,004 

100.0%

45.5%

54.5%

100.0%

31.7%

68.3%

100.0%

68.5%

31.5%

100.0%

38.0%

62.0%

$  15,851 

7,582 

$  8,269

$ 203,954 

  65,311 

$ 138,643 

$  25,710 

  15,997 

$  9,713

$ 245,515 

  88,890 

$ 156,625

100.0%

47.8%

52.2%

100.0%

32.0%

68.0%

100.0%

62.2%

37.8%

100.0%

36.2%

63.8%

Gross  profi t  margins  at  the  NextGen  Division  for  the  year 
ended  March  31,  2010  increased  slightly  to  68.3%  from
68.0% from the year ended March 31, 2009 primarily as a
result of a lower amount of hardware revenue in fi scal year
2010  versus  fi scal  year  2009.  Gross  profi t  margins  at  the 
QSI  Dental  Division  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2010
increased to 54.5% from 52.2% for the year ended March 

31, 2009 also as result of lower percentage of payroll and
related  benefi ts  in  system  sales  in  fi scal  year  2010  versus
fi scal  year  2009.  Gross  margin  in  the  Practice  Solutions
Division declined as a result of a smaller proportion of soft-
ware  revenue  included  in  revenue  versus  the  prior  year  as
well as costs related to transitioning to the NextGen Division
platform and other ramp-up costs.

The following table details the individual components of cost of revenue and gross profi t as a percentage of total revenue on a
consolidated and divisional basis for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009:

fi

Hardware, Third
Party Software

Payroll and
Related Benefi ts

EDI

Other

Total Cost
of Revenue Gross Profi t

Year ended March 31, 2010

QSI Dental Division

NextGen Division

Practice Solutions Division

Consolidated

Year ended March 31, 2009

QSI Dental Division

NextGen Division

Practice Solutions Division

Consolidated

38

8.5%

2.5%

0.5%

2.5%

7.6%

3.9%

0.2%

3.7%

13.8%

13.2%

43.6%

17.7%

19.8%

11.0%

45.0%

15.1%

16.0%

9.5%

1.1%

8.7%

17.1%

9.1%

0.0%

8.4%

7.2%

6.5%

23.3%

9.1%

3.3%

8.0%

17.0%

9.0%

45.5%

31.7%

68.5%

38.0%

47.8%

32.0%

62.2%

36.2%

54.5%

68.3%

31.5%

62.0%

52.2%

68.0%

37.8%

63.8%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fi

The increase in our consolidated cost of revenue as a percent-
age  of  revenue  between  the  year  ended  March  31,  2010
and the year ended March 31, 2009 is primarily attributable 
to an increase in RCM revenue, which carries higher payroll
and related benefits as a percentage of revenue and higher
consolidated EDI costs, offset by a decrease in hardware and
third  party  software  as  a  percentage  of  revenue.  Other  ex-
pense,  which  consists  of  outside  service  costs,  amortization 
of  software  development  costs  and  other  costs,  increased
slightly to 9.1% of total revenue during the year ended March 
31, 2010 from 9.0% of total revenue during the year ended 
March 31, 2009. 

During the year ended March 31, 2010, hardware and third
party software constituted a smaller portion of cost of revenue
compared to the prior year period in the NextGen Division.
The number of customers who purchase hardware and third
party software and the dollar amount of hardware and third
party software purchased fl uctuates each quarter depending
on the needs of the customers and is not a priority focus for us.

fi

Our payroll and benefits expense associated with delivering
our products and services increased to 17.7% of consolidated 
revenue  in  the  year  ended  March  31,  2010  compared  to 
15.1% during the year ended March 31, 2009 primarily due
to inclusion of a full year of HSI and PMP transactions in fiscal
year 2010 versus a partial period in fi scal year 2009. RCM
is a service business, which inherently has higher percentage 
of payroll costs as a percentage of revenue. 

fi

fi

fi

fi

fi

The  absolute  level  of  consolidated  payroll  and  benefit  ex-
penses grew from $37.1 million in the year ended March 31, 
2009 to $51.8 million in the year ended March 31, 2010,
an increase of 39.4% or approximately $14.6 million. Of the
$14.6 million increase, approximately $7.2 million of the  in-
crease is related to the Practice Solutions Division, which in-
cluded a full year of HSI and PMP expenses during fiscal year
2010 versus approximately ten and fi ve months of respective 
expense in fi scal year 2009. For the NextGen Division, an in-
crease of approximately $8.2 million was related to increased 
headcount and payroll and benefi ts expense associated with 
delivering products and services  Payroll and benefi ts expense
associated with delivering products and services in the QSI
Dental  Division  decreased  $0.7  million  from  $3.1  million  in
the year ended March 31, 2009 to $2.4 million in the year 
ended March 31, 2010. The application of ASC 718 added
approximately $0.1 million and $0.2 million in compensation
expense  to  cost  of  revenue  in  the  years  ended  March  31,
2010 and 2009, respectively. 

fi

fi

As  a  result  of  the  foregoing  events  and  activities,  the  gross
profit  percentage  for  the  Company  decreased  for  the  year 
ended March 31, 2010 versus the prior year.

fi

We  anticipate  continued  additions  to  headcount  in  the
NextGen Division in areas related to delivering products and
services  in  future  periods  but  due  to  the  uncertainties  in  the 
timing of our sales arrangements, our sales mix, the acquisi-
tion and training of qualifi ed personnel, and other issues, we 
cannot accurately predict if related headcount expense as a
percentage of revenue will increase or decrease in the future. 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, gen-
eral and administrative expenses for the year ended March 
31, 2010  increased 25.3% to $87.0 million as compared to 
$69.4 million for the year ended March 31, 2009. The  in-
crease in these expenses resulted primarily from a:

•  $9.9 million increase in salaries and related expenses in
the NextGen Division primarily as a result of headcount
additions;

•  $2.5 million increase in marketing and trade shows in the 

NextGen Division;

•  $1.5  million  increase  from  the  acquisition  of  Sphere

and Opus;

•  $3.3  million  increase  in  corporate  related  expenses, 

primarily as a result of headcount additions, and

•  $0.4 million increase in other selling and administrative

expenses.

The application of ASC 718 added approximately $1.9 mil-
lion and $1.5 million in compensation expense to selling, gen-
eral and administrative expenses for the year ended March 
31,  2010  and  2009,  respectively,  and  is  included  in  the
aforementioned amounts. Selling, general and administrative
expenses as a percentage of revenue increased from 28.3%
in  the  year  ended  March  31,  2009  to  29.8%  in  the  year
ended March 31, 2010.

We anticipate increased expenditures for trade shows, adver-
tising and the employment of additional sales and administra-
tive staff at the NextGen Division. We also anticipate future 
increases  in  corporate  expenditures  being  made  in  a  wide 
range of areas including professional services. While we ex-
pect selling, general and administrative expenses to increase 
on an absolute basis, we cannot accurately predict the impact
these additional expenditures will have on selling, general and
administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue. 

Research  and  Development  Costs.  Research  and  develop-
ment costs for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009
were $16.5 million and $13.8 million, respectively. The in-
creases in research and development expenses were due in 
part to increased investment in the NextGen Division product
line.  Additionally,  the  application  of  ASC  718  added  ap-
proximately $0.1 million and $0.2 million in the years ended

39

fi

March  31,  2010  and  2009,  respectively,  in  compensation
expense to research and development costs, net of amounts 
capitalized  as  software  development  in  those  fi scal  years.
Additions  to  capitalized  software  costs  offset  research  and 
development costs. For the year ended March 31, 2010, $7.9
million was added to capitalized software costs while $5.9
million  was  capitalized  during  the  year  ended  March  31, 
2009. Research and development costs as a percentage of
revenue increased to 5.7% in the year ended March 31, 2010 
from 5.6% in the year ended March 31, 2009. Research and 
development expenses are expected to continue at or above
current dollar levels.

Amortization  of  Acquired  Intangible  Assets. Amortization 
expense related to acquired intangible assets for the years
ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 were $1.8 million and
$1.0  million,  respectively.  The  increase  in  amortization  ex-
pense is primarily due to the addition of customer relation-
ships and software technology intangible assets, which were 
acquired through the acquisitions of Opus and Sphere dur-
ing fi scal year 2010.

Interest Income. Interest income for the year ended March 31,
2010 decreased to $0.2 million compared to $1.2 million in
the year ended March 31, 2009 primarily due to signifi cantly 
lower  interest  rates  received  on  the  Company’s  cash  invest-
ments,  which  are  primarily  in  institutional  money  market  ac-
counts. Short term interest rates were at historic lows for most 
of the year ended March 31, 2010.

Our investment policy is determined by our Board of Directors.
We currently maintain our cash in very liquid short term assets 
including tax exempt and taxable money market funds. We
owned  approximately  $7.2  million  in  ARS  as  of  March  31,
2010, which are illiquid due to the auction failures in the ARS 
market. Our Board of Directors continues to review alternate 
uses  for  our  cash  including,  but  not  limited  to,  payment  of
a  special  dividend,  initiation  of  a  stock  buyback  program,
an expansion of our investment policy to include investments 
with longer maturities of greater than 90 days, or other items. 
Additionally, it is possible that we will utilize some or all of our 
cash  to  fund  acquisitions  or  other  similar  business  activities.
Any  or  all  of  these  programs  could  signifi cantly  impact  our 
investment income in future periods. 

Other Income (Expense). Other income (expense) for the year 
ended March 31, 2010 consists of gains and losses in fair 
value recorded on our ARS investments as well as on our ARS 
put option rights. We recorded an overall gain on our ARS
and ARS put option rights of approximately $0.3 million.

Provision for Income Taxes. The provision for income taxes for 
the year ended March 31, 2010 was approximately $27.8

40

fi

million  as  compared  to  approximately  $27.2  million  for  the
prior year. The effective tax rates for fiscal years 2010 and
2009  were  36.5%  and  37.1%,  respectively.  The  provision
for income taxes for the years ended March 31, 2010 and
2009 differs from the combined statutory rates primarily due
to the impact of varying state income tax rates, research and
development  tax  credits,  the  qualifi ed  production  activities
deduction, and exclusions for Company-owned life insurance 
proceeds and tax-exempt interest income. The change in the
effective rate for the year ended March 31, 2010 includes an 
increase in the benefi t from the qualifi ed production activities
deduction and a decrease in the state income tax expense.

fi

During  the  year  ended  March  31,  2010  and  2009,  we 
claimed  research  and  development  tax  credits  of  approxi-
mately  $0.7  million  and  $1.0  million,  respectively.  The 
Company  also  claimed  the  qualifi ed  production  activities
deduction under Section 199 of the Internal Revenue Code
(“IRC”) of approximately $4.1 million and $2.7 million during 
the  years  ended  March  31,  2010  and  2009,  respectively.
Research and development credits and the qualifi ed produc-
tion activities income deduction taken by us involve certain as-
sumptions and judgments regarding qualifi cation of expenses
under the relevant tax code provision.

Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended 
March 31, 2009 and March 31, 2008

fi

fi

During  fiscal  year  2010,  as  a  result  of  certain  organiza-
tional changes, the composition of the Company’s NextGen
Division was revised to exclude the former NextGen Practice
Solutions unit and the Company’s RCM entities (HSI and PMP),
both of which are now administered and aggregated in the
Company’s Practice Solutions Division. Following the reorga-
nization, the Company now operates three reportable oper-
ating  segments  (not  including  Corporate),  comprised  of  the 
NextGen Division, the QSI Dental Division and the Practice 
Solutions Division. During fi scal year 2009, we strengthened
our position in the RCM market with the acquisitions of HSI 
and PMP, which closed on May 20, 2008 and October 28, 
2008, respectively. Prior to fi scal year 2009, the Company 
had no material operations in the RCM area and as such, fis-fi
cal year 2008 result of operations are not re-casted to refl ect
the change in reportable segments established in fiscal year 
2010. Further for purposes of the presentation of the compari-
son of fi scal years ended March 31, 2009 and March 31,
2008, the tables and discussion therein are not re-casted to
refl ect the change in reportable segments. See the presenta-
tion of the comparison of fiscal years ended March 31, 2010
and March 31, 2009 for re-casted reportable segment results
for fiscal year 2009.

fi

fi

fi

fi

fi

Net Income.  For the year ended March 31, 2009, our net
income  was  $46.1  million  or  $1.65  per  share  on  a  basic 
and $1.62 per share on a fully diluted basis. In comparison,
we earned $40.1 million or $1.47 per share on a basic and 
$1.44  per  share  on  a  fully  diluted  basis  in  the  year  ended 
March  31,  2008.  The  increase  in  net  income  for  the  year
ended March 31, 2009 was achieved primarily through the 
following:

•  a  31.6%  increase  in  consolidated  revenue,  including 
$21.4 million in RCM revenue from our recently acquired 
entities;

•  a  34.7%  increase  in  NextGen  Division  revenue  which

accounted for 93.5% of consolidated revenue;

•  a  shift  in  revenue  mix  with  increased  maintenance,  EDI
and RCM revenue resulting in a decline in our gross profitfi
margin;

•  an  increase  in  selling,  general  and  administrative  ex-
penses as a percentage of revenue related to higher than 
usual legal expenses, primarily as a result of certain legal 
matters related to intellectual property infringement claims 
in the NextGen Division and a proxy contest; and

•  a decrease in interest income primarily due a greater pro-
portion of funds invested in short-term U.S Treasuries and 
tax  free  money  market  accounts  which  returned  signifi -
cantly lower interest rates as compared to the prior year. 

Revenue.  Revenue  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2009  in-
creased 31.6% to $245.5 million from $186.5 million for the
year  ended  March  31,  2008.  NextGen  Division  revenue 
increased  34.7%  to  $229.7  million  from  $170.5  million  in 
the year ended March 31, 2008, while QSI Dental Division 

revenue decreased by 1.2% during that same period, to $15.9 
million from $16.0 million. NextGen Division revenue is inclu-
sive of approximately $15.6 million in revenue from HSI and 
$8.6 million in revenue from PMP, our two fi scal year 2009 
RCM acquisitions.

fi

We  divide  revenue  into  two  categories,  “system  sales”  and 
“maintenance, EDI, RCM and other services.”  Revenue in the
system  sales  category  includes  software  license  fees,  third
party hardware and software, and implementation and train-
ing services related to purchase of our software systems. The
majority of the revenue in the system sales category is related 
to  the  sale  of  software.  Revenue  in  the  maintenance,  EDI, 
RCM and other services category includes maintenance, EDI,
RCM,  follow-on  training  services,  annual  third  party  license 
fees, hosting and other services revenue. 

System Sales. Revenue earned from Company-wide sales of 
systems for the year ended March 31, 2009 increased 10.0% 
to $98.8 million from $89.8 million in the prior year.

Our  increase  in  revenue  from  sales  of  systems  was  princi-
pally  the  result  of  a  9.9%  increase  in  category  revenue  at
our  NextGen  Division  whose  sales  in  this  category  grew 
from $87.1 million during the year ended March 31, 2008 
to  $95.7  million  during  the  year  ended  March  31,  2009. 
This increase was driven by higher sales of NextGenehr and
NextGenepm software to both new and existing clients, as well
as increases in sales of hardware, third party software and
supplies and implementation and training services.

r

Systems  sales  revenue  in  the  QSI  Dental  Division  increased 
to approximately $3.0 million in the year ended March 31,
2009 from $2.6 million in the year ended March 31, 2008.

The following table breaks down our reported system sales into software, hardware, third party software, supplies, and imple-
mentation and training services components by division:

     Software 

Hardware, Third Party
Software and Supplies

Implementation and 
Training Services

Total System Sales

Year ended March 31, 2009

QSI Dental Division

NextGen Division

Consolidated

Year ended March 31, 2008

QSI Dental Division

NextGen Division

Consolidated

$

915 

76,525 

$ 77,440 

$

360 

69,276 

$ 69,636

$ 1,171

6,775

$ 7,946

$ 1,134 

  5,593 

$ 6,727 

$

938 

12,437 

$ 13,375 

$ 1,154

12,252

$ 13,406

$ 3,024

95,737

$ 98,761 

$ 2,648 

87,121 

$ 89,769

41

 
NextGen Division software license revenue increased 10.5%
between  the  year  ended  March  31,  2008  and  the  year
ended  March  31,  2009.  The  Division’s  software  revenue
accounted for 79.9% of divisional system sales revenue dur-
ing the year ended March 31, 2009, compared to 79.5%
during the year ended March 31, 2008. Software license
revenue growth continues to be an area of primary emphasis
for the NextGen Division. 

During the year ended March 31, 2009, 7.1% of NextGen
Division’s system sales revenue was represented by hardware 
and third party software compared to 6.4% during the year
ended  March  31,  2008.  The  number  of  customers  who
purchase hardware and third party software and the dollar
amount of hardware and third party software revenue fl uctu-
ates each quarter depending on the needs of customers. The 
inclusion of hardware and third party software in the Division’s
sales arrangements is typically at the request of the customer 
and is not a priority focus for us.

Implementation  and  training  revenue  related  to  system  sales
at the NextGen Division increased 1.5% in the year ended 
March  31,  2009  compared  to  the  year  ended  March  31, 
2008.  The  amount  of  implementation  and  training  services
revenue is dependent on several factors, including timing of 
customer  implementations,  the  availability  of  qualifi ed  staff, 
and the mix of services being rendered. The number of imple-
mentation and training staff increased during the year ended 
March 31, 2009 versus 2008 in order to accommodate the
increased amount of implementation services sold in conjunc-
tion with increased software sales. In order to achieve growth
in this area, additional staffi ng increases and additional train-
ing facilities are anticipated, though actual future increases in
revenue and staff will depend upon the availability of quali-
fi ed staff, business mix and conditions, and our ability to retain
current staff members.

fi

The NextGen Division’s growth has come in part from invest-
ments in sales and marketing activities including a revamped
NextGen.com Web site, new NextGen logo, new marketing
campaigns, trade show attendance, and other expanded ad-
vertising and marketing expenditures. We have also benefited 
from  winning  numerous  industry  awards  for  the  NextGen
Division’s  fl agship  NextGenehr  and  NextGen
epm software
r
products  and  the  apparent  increasing  acceptance  of  elec-
tronic medical records technology in the healthcare industry.

fi

For  the  QSI  Dental  Division,  total  system  sales  increased
14.2%  in  the  year  ended  March  31,  2009  compared  to 
the year ended March 31, 2008. We do not presently fore-
see any material changes in the business environment for the 
Division with respect to the weak purchasing environment in
the dental group practice market that has existed for the past 
several years.

Maintenance, EDI, Revenue Cycle Management and Other 
Services. For  the  year  ended  March  31,  2009,  Company-
wide revenue from maintenance, EDI, RCM and other services 
grew 51.7% to $146.8 million from $96.7 million for the year 
ended  March  31,  2008.  The  increase  in  this  category  re-
sulted from an increase in maintenance, EDI, RCM and other
services revenue from the NextGen Division. Total NextGen 
Division maintenance revenue for the year ended March 31, 
2009 grew 33.3% to $65.7 million from $49.3 million in the 
prior  year,  while  EDI  revenue  grew  38.4%  to  $24.8  million 
compared  to  $17.9  million  in  the  prior  year.  RCM  grew  to 
$21.4  million  primarily  as  a  result  of  the  HSI  and  PMP  ac-
quisitions. Other services revenue for the NextGen Division,
which consists primarily of third party annual software license 
renewals, consulting services and hosting services increased
43.9% to $22.0 million from $15.3 million a year ago. QSI
Dental Division maintenance, EDI and other services revenue 
decreased 4.2% to $12.8 million for the year ended March
31, 2009 compared to $13.4 million in the prior year. 

The following table details maintenance, EDI, RCM, and other services revenue by category for the years ended March 31,
2009 and 2008:

 Maintenance

       EDI

Reven ue Cycle   
Management

     Other

     Total

Year ended March 31, 2009

QSI Dental Division

NextGen Division

Consolidated

Year ended March 31, 2008

QSI Dental Division

NextGen Division

Consolidated

42

$ 7,167 

$ 4,766

$

–   

$

894 

$ 12,827

65,695 

24,756 

21,431

22,045 

133,927

$72,862 

$29,522 

$ 21,431

$22,939 

$146,754

$ 7,186

$ 4,564 

49,269

17,886

$56,455

$22,450

$

$

–

871

871

$ 1,639 

$ 13,389 

15,316 

83,342 

$16,955

$ 96,731

The growth in maintenance revenue for the NextGen Division 
has come from new customers that have been added each
quarter,  existing  customers  who  have  purchased  additional
licenses,  and  our  relative  success  in  retaining  existing  main-
tenance  customers.  NextGen  Division’s  EDI  revenue  growth
has  come  from  new  customers  and  from  further  penetration 
of the Division’s existing customer base. The growth in RCM
is a result of the HSI and PMP acquisitions and future growth 
is expected from cross selling opportunities between the cus-
tomer bases. 

Cost of Revenue. Cost of revenue for the year ended March 
31,  2009  increased  42.2%  to  $88.9  million  from  $62.5 
million  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2008  and  the  cost
of revenue as a percentage of revenue increased to 36.2%
from 33.5% due to the fact that the rate of growth in cost of
revenue grew faster than the aggregate revenue growth rate 
for the Company.

The following table details revenue and cost of revenue on a consolidated and divisional basis for the years ended March 31, 
2009 and 2008:

QSI Dental Division

Revenue

Cost of revenue

Gross profi t

NextGen Division

Revenue

Cost of revenue

Gross profi t

Consolidated

Revenue

Cost of revenue

Gross profi t

Year Ended March 31,

2009

%

2008

%

  $  15,851 

7,582

  $ 

8,269 

  $  229,664 

81,308 

  $  148,356 

  $  245,515 

88,890 

  $  156,625 

100.0%

47.8%

52.2%

100.0%

35.4%

64.6%

100.0%

36.2%

63.8%

  $  16,037 

7,545 

  $ 

8,492 

  $  170,463 

54,956 

  $  115,507 

  $  186,500 

62,501 

  $  123,999 

100.0%

47.0%

53.0%

100.0%

32.2%

67.8%

100.0%

33.5%

66.5%

fi

Gross  profi t  margins  at  the  NextGen  Division  for  the  year 
ended  March  31,  2009  decreased  to  64.6%  from  67.8% 
from the year ended March 31, 2008. Gross profit margins at 

fi

the QSI Dental Division for the year ended March 31, 2009
decreased to 52.2% from 53.0% for the year ended March
31, 2008.

The following table details the individual components of cost of revenue and gross profi t as a percentage of total revenue on a
consolidated and divisional basis for the years ended March 31, 2009 and 2008:

fi

Hardware, Third
Party Software 

Payroll and
Related Benefi ts

 EDI

Other

Total Cost 
of Revenue Gross Profi t

Year ended March 31, 2009

QSI Dental Division

NextGen Division

Consolidated

Year ended March 31, 2008

QSI Dental Division

NextGen Division

Consolidated

7.6%

3.5%

3.7%

8.0%

3.8%

4.2%

19.8%

14.8%

15.1%

19.1%

11.2%

11.8%

17.1%

7.8%

8.4%

15.7%

7.5%

8.2%

3.3%

9.3%

9.0%

4.2%

9.7%

9.3%

47.8%

35.4%

36.2%

47.0%

32.2%

33.5%

52.2%

64.6%

63.8%

53.0%

67.8%

66.5%

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fi

The increase in our consolidated cost of revenue as a percent-
age of revenue between the year ended March 31, 2009 
and the year ended March 31, 2008 is primarily attributable 
to an increase in RCM revenue, which carries higher payroll 
and related benefits as a percentage of revenue and higher
EDI costs in both divisions, offset by a decrease in hardware 
and third party software, and other expense as a percentage 
of revenue. Other expense, which consists of outside service
costs, amortization of software development costs and other 
costs,  decreased  to  9.0%  of  total  revenue  during  the  year 
ended March 31, 2009 from 9.3% of total revenue during the
year ended March 31, 2008.

During the year ended March 31, 2009, hardware and third 
party software constituted a smaller portion of consolidated
cost  of  revenue  compared  to  the  prior  year  period  in  the 
NextGen  Division.  The  number  of  customers  who  purchase
hardware and third party software and the dollar amount of
hardware and third party software purchased fl uctuates each 
quarter depending on the needs of the customers and is not a
priority focus for us.

fi

Our payroll and benefits expense associated with delivering
our products and services increased to 15.1% of consolidated 
revenue  in  the  year  ended  March  31,  2009  compared  to
11.8% during the year ended March 31, 2008 primarily due
to the acquisition of HSI and PMP which as service businesses 
have  an  inherently  higher  percentage  of  payroll  costs  as  a
percentage of revenue.

fi

fi

The  absolute  level  of  consolidated  payroll  and  benefit  ex-
penses grew from $22.1 million in the year ended March 31, 
2008 to $37.1 million in the year ended March 31, 2009,
an increase of 67.9% or approximately $15.0 million. Of the 
$15.0 million increase, approximately $4.8 million was a re-
sult of the HSI acquisition and $3.9 million was a result of the
PMP acquisition. In addition, related headcount, payroll and
benefi ts expense associated with delivering products and ser-
vices in the NextGen Division increased by $6.1 million in the 
year ended March 31, 2009 to $25.1 million from $19.0 mil-
lion in the year ended March 31, 2008. Payroll and benefitsfi
expense associated with delivering products and services in 
the QSI Dental Division remained consistent at $3.1 million in
the year ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The
application of ASC 718 added approximately $0.2 million
and $0.5 million in compensation expense to cost of revenue 
in the years ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

fi

As  a  result  of  the  foregoing  events  and  activities,  the  gross
profit  percentage  for  the  Company  and  both  our  Divisions
decreased  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2009  versus  the 
prior year.

44

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, gen-
eral and administrative expenses for the year ended March 
31,  2009  increased  32.3%  to  $70.4  million  as  compared 
to  $53.3  million  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2008.  The 
increase in these expenses resulted from a:

•  $2.7 million increase in legal expenses in the NextGen

Division; 

•  $1.7  million  increase  in  compensation  expense  in  the 

NextGen Division;

•  $1.2 million increase in outside services and consulting

services in the NextGen Division; 

•  $0.9  million  increase  in  advertising  in  the  NextGen

Division;

•  $6.7 million increase in other selling, general and admin-

istrative expenses in the NextGen Division; and

•  $3.9 million increase in corporate related expenses. 

Approximately $1.5 million of the year over year increase in
corporate related expense was related to expenses associ-
ated  with  the  proxy  contest  which  occurred  in  conjunction
with the 2008 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting. Amortization
of  identifi able  intangibles  related  to  the  HSI  and  PMP  ac-
quisitions of approximately $1.0 million and an increase in 
corporate salaries and related benefi ts of $0.7 million also 
contributed to the year over year corporate increase.

The application of ASC 718 added approximately $1.5 mil-
lion and $2.5 million in compensation expense to selling, gen-
eral and administrative expenses for the year ended March 
31,  2009  and  2008,  respectively,  and  is  included  in  the
aforementioned amounts. Selling, general and administrative
expenses as a percentage of revenue increased slightly from 
28.6% in the year ended March 31, 2008 to 28.7% in the
year ended March 31, 2009.

Research  and  Development  Costs.  Research  and  develop-
ment costs for the years ended March 31, 2009 and 2008 
were  $13.8  million  and  $11.4  million,  respectively.  The  in-
creases in research and development expenses were due in
part to increased investment in the NextGen Division product
line.  Additionally,  the  application  of  ASC  718  added  ap-
proximately $0.2 million and $0.8 million in the years ended 
March 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, in compensation
expense to research and development costs, net of amounts 
capitalized  as  software  development  in  those  fiscal  years.
Additions  to  capitalized  software  costs  offset  research  and
development  costs.  For  the  year  ended  March  31,  2009,
$5.9 million was added to capitalized software costs while 
$6.0 million was capitalized during the year ended March 
31, 2008. Research and development costs as a percentage

fi

of revenue decreased to 5.6% in the year ended March 31, 
2009 from 6.1% in the year ended March 31, 2008. 

Amortization of Acquired Intangible Assets. Amortization ex-
pense related to acquired intangible assets for the year ended
March 31, 2009 was $1.0 million. The amortization expense
relates  to  the  addition  of  customer  relationships  and  trade 
name intangible assets, which were acquired through the ac-
quisitions of HSI and PMP during fi scal year 2009. 

fi

Interest Income. Interest income for the year ended March 31,
2009 decreased to $1.2 million compared to $2.7 million in 
the year ended March 31, 2008 primarily due to:

•  a lower amount of investments held in ARS when com-

pared to the prior year;

• 

larger amounts invested in money market accounts which 
earned signifi cantly lower interest rates as compared to
the prior year; and

•  overall comparatively lower amounts of funds available
for investment during the year due to payments of $8.2
million and $17.0 million, respectively, for the Company’s 
acquisitions of HSI and PMP and increased quarterly divi-
dend payments. 

Other Income (Expense). Other income (expense) for the year 
ended March 31, 2009 consists of gains and losses in fair 
value recorded on our ARS investments as well as on our ARS 
put option rights. We recognized a pre-tax unrealized loss on 
our ARS of approximately $0.7 million. At the same time, we
estimated the fair value of our ARS put option rights at approxi-
mately $0.4 million. 

Included in other income for the year ended March 31, 2008 
was approximately $1.0 million, resulting from a gain on life 
insurance  proceeds  due  to  the  passing  of  Gregory  Flynn,

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Executive  Vice  President  and  General  Manager  of  the  QSI
Dental Division. Mr. Flynn participated in our deferred com-
pensation plan which is funded through the purchase of life 
insurance policies with the Company named as benefi ciary.
There was no gain or loss recorded on investment securities 
during the year ended March 31, 2008. 

fi

Provision for Income Taxes. The provision for income taxes for 
the year ended March 31, 2009 was approximately $27.2
million  as  compared  to  approximately  $22.9  million  for  the 
prior year. The effective tax rates for fiscal 2009 and 2008 
were 37.1% and 36.4%, respectively. The provision for income
taxes for the years ended March 31, 2009 and 2008 differs 
from the combined statutory rates primarily due to the impact
of varying state income tax rates, research and development
tax credits, the qualifi ed production activities deduction, and
exclusions for Company-owned life insurance proceeds and
tax-exempt  interest  income.  The  change  in  the  effective  rate 
for the year ended March 31, 2009 includes an increase in
the benefit from research and development credits, which was
mostly offset by a decrease in qualifi ed production activities
deduction and an increase in state income tax expense.

fi

During  the  year  ended  March  31,  2009  and  2008, 
we  claimed  research  and  development  tax  credits  of  ap-
proximately  $1.0  million  and  $0.8  million,  respectively.  The
Company also claimed the qualifi ed production activities de-
duction under Section 199 of the IRC of approximately $2.7
million  and  $3.1  million  during  the  years  ended  March  31, 
2009  and  2008,  respectively.  Research  and  development 
credits and the qualifi ed production activities income deduc-
tion taken by us involve certain assumptions and judgments re-
garding qualifi cation of expenses under the relevant tax code 
provision.

The following table presents selected financial statistics and information for each of the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 
and 2008:

fi

Cash and cash equivalents

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Net income

Net cash provided by operating activities

Number of days of sales outstanding

  Year Ended March 31,

          2010

        2009

         2008

$  84,611 

$  14,431 

$  48,379 

$  55,220 

125 

$  70,180 

$  11,134 

$  46,119 

$  48,712 

125 

$  59,046 

$ 

(982)

$  40,078 

$  43,599

136 

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Flow from Operating Activities

Cash  provided  by  operations  has  historically  been  our 
primary  source  of  cash  and  has  primarily  been  driven  by 
our net income plus adjustments to add back non-cash ex-
penses,  including  depreciation,  amortization  of  intangibles 

and capitalized software costs, provisions for bad debts and 
inventory obsolescence, share-based compensation and de-
ferred taxes.

The following table summarizes our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 
2008:

Net income

Non-cash expenses

Gain on life insurance proceeds, net

Tax benefi t from exercise of stock options, net

Change in deferred revenue

Change in accounts receivable

Change in other assets and liabilities

2010

$  48,379 

  16,152 

–    

–    

  12,528 

(18,944)

(2,895)

   Year Ended March 31,

2009

$  46,119 

  17,719 

–    

1 

3,130 

(11,369)

(6,888)

2008

$  40,078 

  11,299 

(755)

65

5,447 

(13,811)

1,276 

Net cash provided by operating activities

$  55,220 

$  48,712 

$  43,599 

Net  Income. As  referenced  in  the  above  table,  net  income 
makes up the majority of our cash generated from operations 
for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. The 
NextGen Division’s contribution to net income has increased 
each year due to that Division’s operating income increasing
more quickly than our Company as a whole.

Non-Cash  Expenses. Non-cash  expenses  include  depre-
ciation, amortization of intangibles and capitalized software
costs, provisions for bad debts and inventory obsolescence, 
share-based compensation and deferred taxes. Total non-cash 
expenses were $16.2 million, $17.7 million and $11.3 million 
for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, re-
spectively. The change for the year ended March 31, 2010
as  compared  to  the  prior  year  is  primarily  related  to  an  in-
crease  of  approximately  $0.8  million  in  depreciation,  $0.8
million of amortization of capitalized software costs, $0.7 mil-
lion of amortization of other intangibles, and $1.4 million in
the  allowance  for  bad  debt,  offset  by  a  decrease  of  $5.2 
million in deferred income tax expense.

fi

Tax Benefi ts From Stock Options. 
Tax benefi ts from the ex-
ercise of stock options were $1.6 million, $3.4 million and 
$1.4  million  for  the  years  ended  March  31,  2010,  2009
and  2008,  respectively.  Our  application  of  ASC  718  re-
quired excess tax benefi ts to be reclassed to fi nancing activi-
ties, resulting in a corresponding decrease in our net cash 
provided by operating activities of $1.6 million, $3.4 million 
and $1.3 million in the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 
and 2008, respectively.

46

fi

Deferred  Revenue.  Cash  from  operations  benefited  signifi -
cantly from increases in deferred revenue primarily due to an 
increase  in  the  volume  of  implementation  and  maintenance 
services invoiced by the NextGen Division which had not yet
been rendered or recognized as revenue. This benefit is off-
set by the increase in unpaid deferred revenue. Deferred rev-
enue grew by approximately $12.5 million for the year ended
March 31, 2010 versus growth of $3.1 million and $5.4 mil-
lion for the years ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, resulting
in increases to cash provided by operating activities for the 
respective periods. 

fi

Accounts Receivable. Accounts receivable grew by approxi-
mately $18.9 million, $11.4 million and $13.8 million for the
years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. 
The increase in accounts receivable in the periods is due to 
the following factors:

•  NextGen  Division  revenue  grew  13.6%,  19.6  %  and
21.3% for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and
2008, respectively;

• 

Turnover of accounts receivable is generally slower in the
NextGen Division due to the fact that the systems sales
related revenue have longer payment terms, generally up 
to one year, which historically have accounted for a ma-
jor portion of NextGen Division sales; 

• 

The Opus  acquisition added approximately $2.1 million 
of accounts receivable as of March 31, 2010; and

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  We  experienced  an  increase  in  the  volume  of  undeliv-
ered services billed in advance by the NextGen Division 
which were unpaid as of the end of each period and
included  in  accounts  receivable.  This  resulted  in  an  in-
crease in both deferred revenue and accounts receivable 
of approximately $9.5 million, $1.2 million and $4.9 mil-
lion  for  the  years  ended  March  31,  2010,  2009  and
2008, respectively.

The turnover of accounts receivable measured in terms of days 
sales outstanding (“DSO”) fl uctuated during the year, but re-
mained consistent at 125 days during the year ended March
31, 2010 as compared to the prior year.

If amounts included in both accounts receivable and deferred 
revenue were netted, our turnover of accounts receivable ex-
pressed as DSO would be 79 days as of March 31, 2010 
and 83 days as of March 31, 2009. Provided turnover of ac-
counts receivable, deferred revenue, and profi tability remain
consistent with the year ended March 31, 2010, we antici-
pate being able to continue to generate cash from operations 
during fiscal 2011 primarily from our net income.

fi

fi

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Net  cash  used  in  investing  activities  for  the  years  ended
March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $13.9 million, $19.4
million and $30.2 million, respectively. The decrease in cash 
used in investing activities for the year ended March 31, 2010
is due mainly to the fact that we acquired cash balances of
$2.0 million from the acquisition of Opus whereas for the year 
ended March 31, 2009, we had paid approximately $8.2 
million and $17.0 million for the acquisitions of HSI and PMP, 
respectively, offset by proceeds from the sale of marketable
securities of $14.8 million. Other net cash outfl ows during the 
year ended March 31, 2010 include payments of $0.3 mil-
lion for each of our two fi scal year 2010 acquisitions, Opus 
and Sphere, and payment of contingent consideration related 
to the PMP acquisition of $3.0 million as well as additions to
equipment and improvements and capitalized software costs 
totaling $12.9 million.

fi

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

fi

Net cash used in fi nancing activities for the year ended March
31, 2010 was $26.8 million and consisted of dividends paid
to shareholders totaling $34.3 million, offset by proceeds of 
$5.9 million from the exercise of stock options. We recorded 
a reduction in income tax liability of $1.6 million related to ex-
cess tax deductions received from employee stock option exer-
cises. The benefi t was recorded as additional paid in capital.

fi

Cash and Cash Equivalents
and Marketable Securities

At March 31, 2010, we had cash and cash equivalents of 
$84.6 million and marketable securities of $7.2 million. We 
intend to expend some of these funds for the development of
products complementary to our existing product line as well as
new versions of certain of our products. These developments 
are intended to take advantage of more powerful technolo-
gies and to increase the integration of our products. We have 
no additional signifi cant current capital commitments.

On February 10, 2010, we acquired Opus and on August 
12,  2009,  we  acquired  Sphere.  The  Opus  purchase  price
of  $20.6  million  consisted  of  approximately  $0.3  million  in 
cash plus up to $11.6 million in contingent consideration tied
to future performance. The Sphere purchase price of $1.4 mil-
lion consisted of approximately $0.3 million in cash plus an
estimated $1.1 million (but in no event to exceed $2.5 million)
in contingent consideration tied to future performance.

On October 28, 2008, we acquired PMP and on May 20, 
2008, we acquired HSI. The PMP purchase price consisted of 
approximately $17.0 million in cash (including direct transac-
tion costs) plus up to $3.0 million in contingent consideration
tied to future performance, which has been paid as of March
31, 2010. The HSI purchase price consisted of approximately
$8.2 million in cash (including direct transaction costs) plus up
to approximately $1.7 million in contingent consideration tied 
to future performance.

In  January  2007,  our  Board  of  Directors  adopted  a  policy
whereby  we  intend  to  pay  a  regular  quarterly  dividend  of 
$0.25 per share on our outstanding common stock, subject 
to  further  Board  review  and  approval  and  establishment  of 
record and distribution dates by our Board of Directors prior 
to the declaration of each such quarterly dividend. In August 
2008, our Board of Directors increased the quarterly dividend 
to $0.30 per share. We anticipate that future quarterly divi-
dends, if and when declared by our Board of Directors pursu-
ant  to  this  policy,  would  likely  be  distributable  on  or  about
the fi fth day of each of the months of October, January, April
and July.

On May 26, 2010, the Board of Directors approved a quar-
terly  cash  dividend  of  $0.30  per  share  on  our  outstanding 
shares of common stock, payable to shareholders of record
as of June 17, 2010 with an expected distribution date on or 
about July 6, 2010. 

47

The following dividends have been declared in the 2010, 2009, and 2008 fi scal years on the dates indicated:

fi

Board Approval Date

Fiscal year 2010

January 27, 2010

October 28, 2009

July 23, 2009

May 27, 2009

Fiscal year 2009

January 28, 2009 

October 30, 2008

August 4, 2008

May 29, 2008

Fiscal year 2008

January 30, 2008 

October 25, 2007

July 31, 2007

May 31, 2007

Record 
Date

Payment
Date

Dividend
Amount

March 23, 2010

December 23, 2009

September 25, 2009

June 12, 2009

March 11, 2009

December 15, 2008

September 15, 2008

June 15, 2008

March 14, 2008

December 14, 2007

September 14, 2007

June 15, 2007

April 5, 2010

 $  0.30

January 5, 2010

October 5, 2009

July 6, 2009

0.30

0.30

0.30

April 3, 2009

 $  0.30

January 5, 2009

October 1, 2008

July 2, 2008

0.30

0.30

0.25

April 7, 2008 

 $  0.25

January 7, 2008

October 5, 2007

July 5, 2007

0.25

0.25

0.25

Management believes that its cash and cash equivalents on
hand at March 31, 2010, together with its marketable securi-
ties and cash fl ows from operations, if any, will be suffi cient to 
meet its working capital and capital expenditure requirements
as well as any dividends to be paid in the ordinary course of 
fi
business for the remainder of fi scal year 2011.

Contractual Obligations. The following table summarizes our
signifi cant  contractual  obligations,  all  of  which  relate  to  op-
erating leases, at March 31, 2010 and the effect that such 
obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash in 
future periods: 

  Year ended March 31,

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015 and beyond

$  4,413

  4,565

  4,577

  3,963

  7,215

$ 24,733

New Accounting Pronouncements
Refer  to  Note  2  of  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements, 
“Summary of Signifi cant Accounting Policies” for a discussion 
of new accounting standards.

ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative 
Disclosures about Market Risks

We maintain investments in tax exempt municipal ARS which
are classifi ed as current and non-current marketable securities 
on  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  A  small
portion of our portfolio is invested in closed-end funds which 
invest in tax exempt municipal ARS. At March 31, 2010, we 
had approximately $7.2 million of ARS on our Consolidated 
Balance Sheets. The ARS are rated by one or more national 
rating agencies and have contractual terms of up to 30 years 
but generally have interest rate reset dates that occur every 7,
28 or 35 days. 

Despite  the  underlying  long-term  maturity  of  ARS,  such  se-
curities  were  priced  and  subsequently  traded  as  short-term
investments because of the interest rate reset feature. If there 
are insuffi cient buyers, the auction is said to “fail” and the 
holders are unable to liquidate the investments through auc-
tion. A failed auction does not result in a default of the debt 
instrument. The securities will continue to accrue interest and
be auctioned until the auction succeeds, the issuer calls the 
securities,  or  the  securities  mature.  In  February  2008,  we 
began to experience failed auctions on our ARS and auction 
rate preferred securities. To determine their estimated fair val-
ues at March 31, 2010, factors including credit quality, the
likelihood of redemption, and yields or spreads of fi xed rate 
municipal  bonds  or  other  trading  instruments  issued  by  the 
same or comparable issuers, were considered. Based on our
ability to access our cash and other short-term investments, 
our  expected  operating  cash  fl ows,  and  our  other  sources

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
of cash, we do not anticipate the current lack of liquidity on 
these investments to have a material impact on our fi nancial 
condition or results of operation.

ITEM 8. Financial Statements and
Supplementary Data

Our Consolidated Financial Statements identifi ed in the Index 
to  Financial  Statements  appearing  under  “Item  15.  Exhibits
and Financial Statement Schedules” of this Report are incorpo-
rated herein by reference to Item 15.

ITEM 9. Changes in and Disagreements
with Accountants on Accounting and 
Financial Disclosure

None.

ITEM 9A. Controls and Procedures 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls
and Procedures

fi

fi

Our Chief Executive Offi cer and Chief Financial Offi cer (our
principal  executive  offi cer  and  principal  financial  offi cer,  re-
spectively) have concluded, based on their evaluation as of 
March 31, 2010, that the design and operation of our “dis-
closure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e)
and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) 
are effective to provide reasonable assurance that information
required to be disclosed by us in the reports filed or submitted 
by us under the Security Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, 
is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the 
time  periods  specifi ed  in  the  Commission’s  rules  and  forms, 
including to ensure that information required to be disclosed 
by us in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is 
accumulated and communicated to our management, includ-
ing our Chief Executive Offi cer and Chief Financial Offi cer, as
appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding whether or not
disclosure is required. 

fi

fi

Management’s Report on Internal Control 
over Financial Reporting

fi

fi

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintain-
ing adequate internal control over fi nancial reporting as de-
fined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Internal control
fi
over  fi nancial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  by,  or  under
the supervision and with the participation of our management,
including our principal executive offi cer and principal financial
offi cer,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reli-
fi
ability of fi nancial reporting and the preparation of fi
nancial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles.

fi

fi

Our internal control over financial reporting is supported by
written policies and procedures, that:

fi

(1)  pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable 
detail,  accurately  and  fairly  refl ect  the  transactions  and 
dispositions of our assets;

(2)   provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  re-
corded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial
statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  ac-
counting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of 
our company are being made only in accordance with
authorizations of our management and directors; and

fi

(3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or
timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use  or  dis-
position of our assets that could have a material effect on
our financial statements. 

fi

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over finan-
cial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods 
are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compli-
ance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

fi

fi

fi

Management  of  the  Company  has  assessed  the  effective-
ness of the Company’s internal control over fi nancial reporting
as of March 31, 2010 in making our assessment of internal 
control over fi nancial reporting, management used the criteria 
set forth in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by
the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission. Based on our evaluation, our management con-
cluded  that  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was 
effective as of March 31, 2010. 

fi

k

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over fi -
nancial reporting as of March 31, 2010 has been audited
by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered 
public  accounting  fi rm,  as  stated  in  their  report  which  ap-
pears herein. 

Changes in Internal Control over
Financial Reporting

During  the  quarter  ended  March  31,  2010,  there  were  no
changes in our  “internal control over financial reporting” (as
defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that have
materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially af-
fi
fect, our internal control over fi nancial reporting.

fi

fi

ITEM 9B. Other Information

None.

49

PART III

ITEM 10. Directors, Executive Officers
and Corporate Governance 

fi

The  information  required  by  Item  10  is  incorporated  herein 
by reference from our defi nitive proxy statement for our 2010 
Annual Shareholders’ Meeting to be filed with the Commission.

fi

fi

ITEM 11. Executive Compensation 

The  information  required  by  Item  11  is  incorporated  herein
by reference from our defi nitive proxy statement for our 2010 
Annual Shareholders’ Meeting to be filed with the Commission.

fi

fi

ITEM 12. Security Ownership of Certain
Benefi cial Owners and Management 
and Related Shareholder Matters

fi

ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and 
Related Transactions, and Director
Independence

The  information  required  by  Item  13  is  incorporated  herein 
by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2010
Annual Shareholders’ Meeting to be filed with the Commission.

fi

fi

ITEM 14. Principal Accountant Fees 
and Services

The  information  required  by  Item  14  is  incorporated  herein 
by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2010
Annual Shareholders’ Meeting to be filed with the Commission.

fi

fi

The  information  required  by  Item  12  is  incorporated  herein
by reference from our defi nitive proxy statement for our 2010 
Annual Shareholders’ Meeting to be filed with the Commission.

fi

fi

PART IV

ITEM 15. 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

(a)  (1)  Index to Financial Statements: 

•  Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

•  Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

•  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2009 

•  Consolidated Statements of Income –

Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 2010, March 31, 2009 and March 31, 2008 

•  Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity –

Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 2010, March 31, 2009 and March 31, 2008 

•  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows –

Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 2010, March 31, 2009 and March 31, 2008 

•  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

(2)  The following supplementary fi nancial statement schedule of Quality Systems, Inc., 
required to be included in Item 15(a)(2) on Form 10-K is filed as part of this Report.

fi

fi

•  Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts 

Schedules other than that listed above have been omitted since they are either not required,
not applicable, or because the information required is included in the Consolidated Financial 
Statements or the notes thereto.

(3)  The exhibits listed in the Index to Exhibits hereof are attached hereto or incorporated herein by

reference and filed as a part of this Report.

fi

50

Page

55 

56 

57

58

59

60

62

87

Exhibit 
Number Description

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

3.5

10.1*

10.2*

10.3*

10.4*

10.5*

10.6*

10.7*

10.8*

10.9*

10.10

10.11

10.12

Restated  Articles  of  Incorporation  of  Quality  Systems,  Inc.  filed  with  the  Secretary  of  State  of  California  on 
September 8, 1989, are hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the registrant’s Registration Statement
on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-00161) filed January 11, 1996.

Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Quality Systems, Inc. filed with the Secretary of State of 
California effective March 4, 2005, is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.1 of the registrant’s Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2005.

Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Quality Systems, Inc. filed with the Secretary of State of 
California effective October 6, 2005 is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.01 of the registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed October 11, 2005.

Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Quality Systems, Inc. filed with the Secretary of State of 
California effective March 3, 2006 is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed March 6, 2006.

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Quality Systems, Inc., effective October 30, 2008, are hereby incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 31, 2008.

Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Option Plan is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.1 of the
registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2005.

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement for Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Option Plan is hereby in-
corporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
September 30, 2004.

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Option Plan is hereby 
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10Q for the quarter ended
September 20, 2004.

2005 Stock Option and Incentive Plan is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to the registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed October 5, 2005.

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for 2005 Stock Incentive Plan is incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 5, 2007.

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement for 2005 Stock Incentive Plan is incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.3 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 5, 2007.

1993 Deferred Compensation Plan is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the registrant’s Annual
Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended March 31, 1994. 

1998  Employee  Stock  Contribution  Plan  is  hereby  incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.1  to  the  registrant’s
Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-63131).

Form of Second Amended and Restated Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers is hereby 
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 2, 2010.

Lease Agreement between Company and Tower Place, L.P. dated November 15, 2000, commencing February
5, 2001 is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the year ended March 31, 2001.

Fourth Amendment to lease agreement between the Company and Tower Place, L.P. dated September 22, 2005 
is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
March 31, 2006.

Fifth Amendment to lease agreement between the Company and Tower Place, L.P. dated January 31, 2007 is
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
March 31, 2007.

51

Exhibit 
Number  Description

Lease Agreement between the Company and HUB Properties LLC dated May 8, 2002 is hereby incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2003.

Second Amendment to Offi ce Lease agreement between the Company and HUB Properties LLC dated February 
14, 2006 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended March 31, 2006.

Amended  and  Restated  Second  Amendment  to  Offi ce  Lease  agreement  between  the  Company  and  HUB
Properties LLC dated May 31, 2006 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the registrant’s Annual Report 
on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2007.

Lease agreement between the Company and Von Karman Michelson Corporation dated September 6, 2005 
is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
March 31, 2006.

Offi ce lease  between the Company and SLTS Grand Avenue, L.P. dated May 3, 2006 is incorporated by refer-
ence to Exhibit 10.20 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2007.

Board Service Agreement between the Company and Patrick Cline is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.1 
to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 31, 2005.

Director Compensation Program is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed February 2, 2010.

fi

Settlement Agreement dated as of August 8, 2006 between the registrant and Ahmed Hussein is incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 9, 2006.

fi

Description of Compensation Program for Named Executive Offi cers for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2010 is
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 1, 2009.

fi

Agreement and Plan of Merger dated May 16, 2008 by and among Quality Systems, Inc., Bud Merger Sub,
LLC and Lackland Acquisition II, LLC, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the registrant’s Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2008.

Offi ce lease between the Company and Lakeshore Towers Limited Partnership Phase II, a California limited part-
nership, dated October 18, 2007, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the registrant’s Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2008.

Standard Service Center Lease Agreement between the Lincoln National Life Insurance Company and Lackland 
Acquisition II, LLC, dated November 28, 2001, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the registrant’s 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2008.

First  Amendment  to  Standard  Service  Center  Lease  Agreement  between  the  Lincoln  National  Life  Insurance
Company and Lackland Acquisition II, LLC, dated August 17, 2005, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 
to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2008.

Standard Service Center Lease Agreement between the Lincoln National Life Insurance Company and InfoNow 
Solutions of St. Louis, LLC, dated November 28, 2001, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the regis-
trant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2008.

Second Amendment to Service Center Lease Agreement between the TM Properties, LLC, successor to the Lincoln
National Life Insurance Company and Lackland Acquisition II, LLC, dated August 17, 2005, is incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2008.

Assignment of Lease between InfoNow Solutions of St. Louis, Lackland Acquisition II, LLC and TM Properties, LLC
dated August 17, 2005, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended March 31, 2008.

10.13 

10.14 

10.15 

10.16 

10.17 

10.18* 

10.19* 

10.20 

10.21* 

10.22 

10.23 

10.24 

10.25 

10.26 

10.27 

10.28 

52

Exhibit 
Number  Description

10.29 

10.30 

10.31 

10.32 

10.33* 

10.34* 

10.35* 

Agreement and Plan of Merger dated October 15, 2008 by and among (i) Quality Systems, Inc. (ii) NextGen 
Healthcare Information Systems, Inc. (iii) Ruth Merger Sub, Inc. (iv) Practice Management Partners, Inc. and (v) cer-
tain shareholders set forth therein, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2008.

First  Amendment  to  Lease  Agreement  between  Hill  Management  Services,  Inc.  and  Practice  Management 
Partners, Inc., dated January 15, 2008, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the registrant’s Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2008.

First Amendment to Sublease Agreement between RehabCare Group, Inc. and Practice Management Partners 
Inc., dated January 15 2008, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on 
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2008.

Third Amendment to Lease Agreement between Pinecrest LLC and Practice Management Partners, Inc., dated April
30, 2007, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the 
quarter ended December 31, 2008.

Employment Agreement dated August 11, 2008 between Quality Systems, Inc., and Steven Plochocki, is incor-
porated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 12, 2008.

fi

Outside Directors Amended and Restated Restricted Stock Agreement is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2
to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 9, 2010.

fi

Employment Offer and Terms of Employment dated September 17, 2009, between Quality Systems, Inc. and 
Philip N. Kaplan, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
on September 21, 2009.

fi

10.36** 

Agreement and Plan of Merger dated February 10, 2010, by and among Quality Systems, Inc., OHS Merger
Sub, Inc., Opus Healthcare Solutions, Inc., and the Shareholders of Opus Healthcare Solutions, Inc.

10.37** 

Sixth Amendment to Lease Agreement between the Company and Tower Place, L.P. dated April 1, 2010.

10.38** 

Third Amendment to Office Lease agreement between the Company and HUB Properties LLC dated January 1, 2010.

fi

10.39** 

Fourth Amendment to Office Lease agreement between the Company and HUB Properties LLC dated March 17, 2010.

fi

10.40** 

10.41** 

Third Amendment to Service Center Lease Agreement between the TM Properties, LLC, successor to the Lincoln 
National Life Insurance Company and Lackland Acquisition II, LLC, dated March 15, 2010.

Second Amendment to Lease Agreement between Hill Management Services, Inc. and Practice Management
Partners, Inc., dated November 1, 2009.

10.42**  Modifi cation of Lease #1 between Olen Commercial Realty Corp. and NXG Acute Care LLC, dated October 13, 2009.

fi

10.43** 

Lease between Olen Commercial Realty Corp. and NXG Acurate Care LLC, dated October 1, 2009.

10.44** 

Sublease Agreement between Centex Homes and Opus Healthcare Solutions, Inc., dated  February __, 2009.

21**  

List of subsidiaries.

23.1** 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

23.2** 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Grant Thornton LLP.

31.1** 

31.2** 

32.1**  

Certifi cation of Principal Executive Offi cer Required by Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certifi cation of Principal Financial Offi cer Required by Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certifi cation  of  Chief  Executive  Offi cer  and  Chief  Financial  Offi cer  Pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  Section  1350,  as
Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

*   This exhibit is a management contract or a compensatory plan or arrangement.

**   Filed herewith.

53

 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this
Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Signatures

By:  

/s/ Steven T. Plochocki 

Steven T. Plochocki
President and Chief Executive Offi cer

Date: May 26, 2010

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the persons whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and
appoints Steven T. Plochocki and Paul A. Holt, each of them acting individually, as his attorney-in-fact, each with the full power 
of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file fi
the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, 
granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and
thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do
in person, hereby ratifying and confi rming our signatures as they may be signed by our said attorney-in-fact and any and all 
amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

fi

Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed by the following persons on
our behalf in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature 

Title 

Date

/s/ Sheldon Razin

Sheldon Razin 

/s/ Steven T. Plochocki

Chairman of the Board and Director 

May 26, 2010

Steven T. Plochocki 

Chief Executive Offi cer (Principal Executive Offi cer) and Director 

May 26, 2010

Chief Financial Offi cer (Principal Financial Offi cer) and Secretary 

May 26, 2010

President and Chief Strategy Offi cer, and Director 

May 26, 2010

/s/ Paul A. Holt

Paul A. Holt 

/s/ Patrick B. Cline

Patrick B. Cline 

/s/ Murray Brennan

Murray Brennan 

/s/ George Bristol

George Bristol 

Director 

Director 

Ahmed Hussein 

Director 

Joseph Davis 

Director 

/s/ Craig Barbarosh

Craig Barbarosh 

/s/ Russell Pfl ueger

Russell Pfl ueger 

54

Director 

Director 

May 26, 2010

May 26, 2010

May 26, 2010

May 26, 2010

 
 
Report Of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Quality Systems, Inc.,

rr

fi

fi

fi

fi

fi

fi

In our opinion, the consolidated fi nancial statements listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(1), present fairly, in all ma-
terial respects, the financial position of Quality Systems, Inc. and its subsidiaries at March 31, 2010, and the results of their 
operations and their cash fl ows for the year then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the fi nancial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item
15(a)(2), presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein for the year ended March 31, 2010 when read 
in conjunction with the related consolidated fi nancial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all mate-
rial respects, effective internal control over fi nancial reporting as of March 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal
Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). 
 nancial statement schedule, for maintaining effec-
The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements and fi
fi
fi
tive internal control over fi nancial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over fi
fi
nancial reporting, 
included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is 
to express opinions on these financial statements, on the fi
fi
nancial statement schedule, and on the Company’s internal control
fi
over financial reporting based on our integrated audit. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain 
fi
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of the fi
fi
nancial statements included examining, 
on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles 
used and signifi cant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of
fi
internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over fi
 nancial reporting, assess-
ing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control 
based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the
circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

fi

fi

fi

fi

fi

fi

We also have audited the adjustments to the financial statements for the years ended March 31, 2009 and 2008 to retrospec-
tively apply the change in reportable segments as described in Note 15. In our opinion, such adjustments are appropriate and 
have been properly applied. We were not engaged to audit, review, or apply any procedures to financial statements for the
years ended March 31, 2009 and 2008 of the Company other than with respect to the adjustments and, accordingly, we do
not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on the financial statements for the years ended March 31, 2009 and 
fi
2008 taken as a whole.

fi

A company’s internal control over fi nancial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of fi nancial reporting and the preparation of fi nancial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over fi nancial reporting includes those policies and procedures
that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly refl ect the transactions and
dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to 
permit preparation of fi nancial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts
and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of 
the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition,
use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the fi nancial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over fi nancial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projec-
tions of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because
of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

fi

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Orange County, California

May 28, 2010

55

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors
Quality Systems, Inc.

We have audited, before the effects of the adjustments to retrospectively apply the change in operating segment information de-
scribed in Note 15, the consolidated balance sheet of Quality Systems, Inc. as of March 31, 2009, and the related statements 
of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash fl ows for each of the two years in the period ended March 31, 2009 (the 2009 and
2008 consolidated financial statements before the effects of the adjustments discussed in Note 15 are not presented herein). 
 nancial statement Schedule II listed in the index appearing under Item
Our audits of the basic financial statements included the fi
fi
nancial statement schedule are the responsibility of the
15 (a)(2). These 2009 and 2008 consolidated financial statements and fi
fi
Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and fi
fi
nancial
statement schedule based on our audits.

fi

fi

fi

fi

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). 
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated 
fi
financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the 
amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and signifi -
cant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our 
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

fi

fi

fi

In our opinion, the 2009 and 2008 consolidated financial statements referred to above, which are before the effects of the
adjustments to retrospectively apply the change in operating segment information described in Note 15, present fairly, in all 
material respects, the financial position of Quality Systems, Inc. as of March 31, 2009 and the results of its operations and its 
cash fl ows for each of the two years in the period ended March 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally 
accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement Schedule II, when considered in 
relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information 
set forth therein.

fi

fi

fi

We were not engaged to audit, review, or apply any procedures to the adjustments to retrospectively apply the change in
operating segment information described in Note 15 and accordingly, we do not express an opinion or any other form of 
assurance about whether such adjustments are appropriate and have been properly applied. Those adjustments were audited
by other auditors.

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP

Irvine, California
May 27, 2009

56

Quality Systems, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands)

ASSETS
Current assets:
   Cash and cash equivalents 
   Restricted cash
   Marketable securities 
   Accounts receivable, net 
   Inventories, net
   Income taxes receivable 
   Net current deferred tax assets 
   Other current assets 
          Total current assets 

Marketable securities
Equipment and improvements, net 
Capitalized software costs, net 
Intangibles, net
Goodwill
Other assets
          Total assets 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
   Accounts payable 
   Deferred revenue 
   Accrued compensation and related benefi ts 
   Dividends payable 
   Other current liabilities 
          Total current liabilities 

Deferred revenue, net of current 
Net deferred tax liabilities 
Deferred compensation 
Other noncurrent liabilities
          Total liabilities 

Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders’ equity:
Common stock
         $0.01 par value; authorized 50,000 shares; issued and
         outstanding 28,879 and 28,447 shares at March 31, 2010 and
         March 31, 2009, respectively 
Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earningsg
          Total shareholders’ equity 
q y
          Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

March 31, 2010

March 31, 2009

$

84,611 
 2,339 
 7,158 
 107,458 
 1,340 
 2,953 
 5,678 
 8,684 
 220,221 

– 
 8,432 
 11,546 
 20,145 
 46,189 
 3,647 
$ 310,180 

$

3,342 
 64,109 
 8,951 
 8,664 
 16,220 
 101,286 

 474 
 10,859 
 1,883 
 7,389 
 121,891 

$

70,180
 1,303
 – 
 90,070
 1,125
 5,605
 3,994
 6,312
 178,589

 7,395
 6,756
 9,552
 8,403
 28,731
 2,675
$ 242,101

$

5,097
 47,584
 9,511
 8,529
 8,888
 79,609

 521
 4,566
 1,838
 – 
 86,534

 289 
 122,271 
 65,729 
188,289 

 284
 103,524
 51,759
155,567

$ 310,180 

$ 242,101

The accompanying notes to these Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these Consolidated Statements.

57

Quality Systems, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Income
(in thousands, except per share data) 

Fiscal Year Ended
March 31, 2010 March 31, 2009 March 31, 2008

Revenues:
  Software, hardware and supplies 
  Implementation and training services 
       System sales 
  Maintenance 
  Electronic data interchange services 
  Revenue cycle management and related services
  Other services 
       Maintenance, EDI, RCM and other services
       Total revenues 

p

g

Cost of revenue:
  Software, hardware and supplies 
  Implementation and training services 
       Total cost of system sales 
  Maintenance 
  Electronic data interchange services 
  Revenue cycle management and related services
  Other services 
       Total cost of maintenance, EDI, RCM and other services 
       Total cost of revenue 

       Gross profi t 
Operating expenses:
  Selling, general and administrative 
  Research and development costs 
  Amortization of acquired intangible assets
q
       Total operating expenses 
       Income from operations 

g

Interest income 
Other income (expense)
Income before provision for income taxes 
Provision for income taxes 
       Net income 

Net income per share:
  Basic 
  Diluted 

Weighted average shares outstanding:
  Basic 
  Diluted 
Dividends declared per common share

$

$

$
$

$

89,761 
 14,376 

104,137 
 89,192 
 35,035 
 36,665 
 26,782 
187,674 

291,811 

12,115 
11,983 
24,098 
13,339 
25,262 
27,715 
20,393 
86,709 

110,807 

181,004 

86,951 
 16,546 
 1,783
 105,280 
 75,724 

 226 
 268
 76,218
 27,839 
48,379 

1.69 
1.68 

 28,635 
 28,796 
1.20 

$

85,386 
 13,375 

 98,761 
 72,862 
 29,522 
 21,431 
 22,939 
146,754 

245,515 

$

76,363
 13,406

 89,769
 56,455
 22,450
 871
 16,955
 96,731

 186,500

13,184 
10,286 
23,470 
11,859 
21,374 
14,674 
17,513 
65,420 

88,890 

 10,887
 10,341
 21,228
 12,446
 15,776
 558
 12,493
 41,273

 62,501

156,625 

 123,999

69,410 
 13,777 
 1,035 
 84,222 
 72,403 

 1,203 
 (279)
 73,327 
 27,208 
46,119 

1.65 
1.62 

 28,031 
 28,396 
1.15 

$

$
$

$

 53,260
 11,350
 – 
 64,610
 59,389

 2,661
 953
 63,003
 22,925
40,078

1.47
1.44

27,298
27,770
1.00

$

$
$

$

The accompanying notes to these Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these Consolidated Statements.

58

Quality Systems, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity
(in thousands)

Common Stock

Shares

 Amount

Additional
Paid-in Capital

Retained
Earnings

Accumulated
Other 
Comprehensive 
Loss

Total
Shareholders’
Equity

Balance, March 31, 2007

27,123  $ 271 

$ 65,666 

$ 25,309 

$     – 

$     91,246

Exercise of stock options

325

 3 

4,757 

Tax benefi t resulting from exercise 
of stock options

Stock-based compensation

Dividends declared

Net income

Unrealized loss on marketable
securities, net of tax

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

Balance, March 31, 2008

Exercise of stock options

27,448 

274 

697 

 7 

Tax benefi t resulting from exercise 
of stock options

Stock-based compensation

Common stock issued for acquisitions

Dividends declared

Net income

Reclassifi cation of unrealized loss
on marketable securities, net of tax

 – 
 – 

302 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 3 

 – 

 – 

 – 

1,376 
3,757 

 – 

 – 

 – 

75,556 

12,512 

3,382 
1,977 

10,097 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

(27,316)

40,078 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

4,760

 1,376
 3,757

(27,316)

40,078

 – 

(196) 

(196) 

38,071 

(196)

113,705

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

(32,431)

 46,119 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

12,519

3,382
 1,977

10,100 

(32,431)

46,119

 – 

196 

196

Balance, March 31, 2009

28,447 

284 

103,524 

51,759 

Exercise of stock options

238 

 3 

5,852 

Tax benefi t resulting from exercise 
of stock options

Stock-based compensation

Stock-based compensation
related to acquisitions

Common stock issued for acquisitions

Dividends declared

Net income

 – 
 – 

 – 

194 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 2 
 – 

 – 

1,576 
2,073 

433 

8,813 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
(34,409)

 48,379 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

155,567

5,855

1,576
 2,073

433

8,815 
(34,409)

48,379

Balance, March 31, 2010 

28,879  $ 289 

$ 122,271 

$ 65,729 

$     – 

$   188,289

The accompanying notes to these Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these Consolidated Statements.

59

Quality Systems, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
(in thousands)

Fiscal Year Ended

March 31, 2010 March 31, 2009 March 31, 2008

$

48,379 

$

46,119 

$

40,078

Cash fl ows from operating activities:
   Net income 
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
   operating activities:
       Depreciation 
       Amortization of capitalized software costs 
       Amortization of other intangibles 
       Gain on life insurance proceeds, net 
       Provision for bad debts 
       Provision (recovery) for inventory obsolescence
       Share-based compensation 
       Deferred income tax (benefi t) expense 
       Tax benefi t from exercise of stock options 
       Excess tax benefi t from share-based compensation 
       Loss on disposal of equipment and improvements 
   Changes in assets and liabilities, net of amounts acquired:
       Accounts receivable 
       Inventories 
       Income taxes receivable 
       Other current assets 
       Other assets 
       Accounts payable 
       Deferred revenue 
       Accrued compensation and related benefi ts 
       Income taxes payable 
       Other current liabilities 
       Deferred compensation 
Net cash provided by operating activities

p

Cash fl ows from investing activities:
   Additions to capitalized software costs 
   Additions to equipment and improvements 
   Proceeds from sale of marketable securities 
   Purchases of marketable securities 
   Proceeds from life insurance policy, net 
   Cash acquired from purchase of Opus
   Purchase of Opus
   Purchase of Sphere
   Purchase of PMP, including direct transaction costs
   Purchase of HSI, including direct transaction costs
   Payment of contingent consideration related to purchase of PMP
Net cash used in investing activities

g

p

y

Cash fl ows from fi nancing activities:
   Excess tax benefi t from share-based compensation 
   Proceeds from exercise of stock options 
   Dividends paid 
   Loan repayment 
Net cash used in fi nancing activities

p y

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

$

60

3,663 
 5,927 
 1,783 
 – 
 3,465 
 27
 2,073 
 (786) 
 1,576 
 (1,576)
 – 

 (18,944)
 (238)
3,875
 (2,310)
 (894)
 (1,810)
12,528 
 (1,006) 
 (1,404)
 846 
 46
 55,220 

 (7,921)
 (4,935)
 425 
 – 
 – 
 2,036 
 (250)
 (300)
 – 
 – 
 (3,000)
 (13,945)

 1,576 
 5,855 
 (34,275)

 – 

 (26,844)

 14,431 

 70,180 
84,611 

$

 2,911 
 5,163 
 1,034 
 – 
 2,089 
 (13)
 1,977 
 4,462 
 3,382 
 (3,381)
 96 

 (11,369)
 (88)
 (5,433)
 (1,202)
 (448)
 (299)
 3,130 
 136 
 (1,541)
 2,055 
 (68)
 48,712 

 (5,863)
 (3,218)
 14,825 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 (16,950)
 (8,241)
 – 

 (19,447)

 3,381 
 12,519 
 (30,763)
 (3,268)
 (18,131)

 11,134 

 59,046 
70,180 

 2,369
 4,149
 – 
 (755)
 1,171
 52
 3,757
 (199)
 1,376
 (1,311)
 – 

 (13,811)
 99
 – 
 (89)
 381
 (561)
 5,447
 1,825
 1,226
 (1,232)
 (373)
 43,599

 (6,019)
 (2,113)
 91,825
 (114,645)
 755
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 (30,197)

 1,311
 4,760
 (20,455)

 – 

 (14,384)

 (982)

 60,028
59,046

$

Quality Systems, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 

oo

- (Continued)

(in thousands) 

Fiscal Year Ended

March 31, 2010 March 31, 2009 March 31, 2008

Supplemental disclosures of cash fl ow information:
y
   Cash paid during the year for income taxes, net of refunds

g

p

Non-cash investing and fi nancing activities:
   Unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities, net of tax

g

(

)

   Issuance of stock options with fair value of $433 in
   connection with the purchase of PMP 

p

   Effective February 10, 2010, the Company acquired Opus 
   in a transaction summarized as follows:
       Fair value of net assets acquired
       Cash paid 
       Common stock issued for Opus stock 
       Fair value of contingent consideration
       Liabilities assumed 

g

   Effective August 12, 2009, the Company acquired Sphere in
   a transaction summarized as follows:
       Fair value of net assets acquired
       Cash paid 
       Fair value of contingent consideration
       Liabilities assumed 

g

   Effective October 28, 2008, the Company acquired PMP in
   a transaction summarized as follows:
       Fair value of net assets acquired

       Cash paid 

       Common stock issued for PMP stock 
       Liabilities assumed 

   Effective May 20, 2008, the Company acquired HSI in
   a transaction summarized as follows:
       Fair value of net assets acquired
       Cash paid 

       Common stock issued for HSI stock 
       Liabilities assumed 

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

24,506 

$ 26,455 

$ 20,546

– 

$

196 

$

)
(196)
(

433 

32,209 
(250)
(8,815)
(11,516)
11,628 

1,453 
(300)
 (1,074)
79 

–  

– 

– 

–

–  
– 

– 

–

–

–  
–
–
– 

–

–  
– 
– 

–

$

$

$

$

$ 23,875 

(16,950)

 (2,750)
4,175 

$

$ 20,609 
(8,241)

 (7,350)
5,018 

$

–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–

–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

The accompanying notes to these Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these Consolidated Statements.

61

 
 
 
Quality Systems, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

MARCH 31, 2010 and 2009
(In Thousands, Except Shares and Per Share Data)

1.   Organization of Business

Description of Business

Quality Systems, Inc. is comprised of the QSI Dental Division
and  wholly-owned 
subsidiaries,  NextGen  Healthcare
Information  Systems,  Inc.  (“NextGen  Division”),  Lackland 
Acquisition II, LLC dba Healthcare Strategic Initiatives (“HSI”)
and Practice Management Partners, Inc. (“PMP”) and most re-
cently NextGen Sphere, LLC and Opus Healthcare Solutions,
Inc. (collectively, the Company). The Company develops and
markets healthcare information systems that automate certain
aspects of medical and dental practices, networks of practic-
es such as physician hospital organizations (“PHOs”) and man-
agement  service  organizations  (“MSOs”),  ambulatory  care 
centers,  community  health  centers,  and  medical  and  dental 
schools. The Company also provides revenue cycle manage-
ment (“RCM”) services through the Practice Solutions Division. 

The Company, a California corporation formed in 1974, was 
founded with an early focus on providing information systems 
to  dental  group  practices.  In  the  mid-1980’s,  the  Company 
capitalized on the increasing focus on medical cost contain-
ment and further expanded its information processing systems
to serve the medical market. In the mid-1990’s, the Company
made two acquisitions that accelerated its penetration of the 
medical market. These two acquisitions formed the basis for 
the NextGen Division. Today, the Company serves the medi-
cal and dental markets through its NextGen Division and QSI 
Dental Division. 

fi

During fi scal year 2010, as a result of certain organization-
al  changes,  the  composition  of  the  Company’s  NextGen 
Division was revised to exclude the former NextGen Practice 
Solutions unit and the Company’s RCM entities (HSI and PMP), 
both of which are now administered and aggregated in the 
Company’s Practice Solutions Division. Following the reorga-
nization, the Company now operates three reportable oper-
ating  segments  (not  including  Corporate),  comprised  of  the
NextGen Division, the QSI Dental Division and the Practice
Solutions Division.

The  QSI  Dental  Division,  co-located  with  the  Corporate 
Headquarters  in  Irvine,  California,  currently  focuses  on  de-
veloping,  marketing  and  supporting  software  suites  sold  to 
dental  and  certain  niche  medical  practices.  In  addition,  the
Division  supports  a  number  of  medical  clients  that  utilize  its 
UNIX based medical practice management software product 

and Software as a Service, or SaaS model, based NextDDS 
fi
fi nancial and clinical software.

The  NextGen  Division,  with  headquarters  in  Horsham,
Pennsylvania,  and  signifi cant  locations  in  Atlanta,  Georgia 
and Austin, Texas, provides integrated clinical, financial and
connectivity solutions for ambulatory, inpatient and dental pro-
vider organizations.

fi

The  Practice  Solutions  Division,  with  locations  in  St.  Louis, 
Missouri  and  Hunt  Valley,  Maryland,  focuses  primarily  on 
providing physician practices with RCM services, primarily bill-
ing and collection services for medical practices. This Division 
combines a web-delivered SaaS model and the NextGenepm
software platform to execute its service offerings. 

fi

The three Divisions operate largely as stand-alone operations,
with each Division maintaining its own distinct product lines,
product platforms, development, implementation and support 
teams, sales staffi ng and branding. The three Divisions share
the resources of the Company’s “corporate offi ce,” which in-
cludes a variety of accounting and other administrative func-
tions. Additionally, there are a small but growing number of
clients  who  are  simultaneously  utilizing  software  or  services
from more than one of the three Divisions. 

Acquisitions

On May 20, 2008, the Company acquired St. Louis-based
HSI, a full-service healthcare RCM company. HSI operates 
under  the  umbrella  of  the  Company’s  Practice  Solutions 
Division. Founded in 1996, HSI provides RCM services to
providers including health systems, hospitals, and physicians 
in private practice with an in-house team of more than 200 
employees,  including  specialists  in  medical  billing,  coding
and compliance, payor credentialing, and information tech-
nology.  The  Company  intends  to  cross  sell  both  software 
and RCM services to the acquired customer base of HSI and 
the NextGen Division.

On October 28, 2008, the Company acquired Maryland-
based  PMP,  a  full-service  healthcare  RCM  company.  This 
acquisition  is  also  part  of  the  Company’s  growth  strategy 
for the Practice Solutions Division. Similar to HSI, PMP oper-
ates under the umbrella of the Company’s Practice Solutions 
Division.  Founded  in  2001,  PMP  provides  physician  billing
and technology management services to healthcare providers,
primarily in the Mid-Atlantic region. The Company intends to

62

cross  sell  both  software  and  RCM  services  to  the  acquired
customer base of PMP and the NextGen Division.

fi

On  August  12,  2009,  the  Company  acquired  NextGen 
Sphere, LLC (“Sphere”), a provider of financial information sys-
tems to the small hospital inpatient market. This acquisition is
also part of the Company’s strategy to expand into the small 
hospital market and to add new customers by taking advan-
tage  of  cross  selling  opportunities  between  the  ambulatory
and inpatient markets.

On  February  10,  2010,  the  Company  acquired  Opus
Healthcare Solutions, Inc. (“Opus”), a provider of clinical infor-
mation systems to the small hospital inpatient market. Founded 
in 1987 and headquartered in Austin, Texas, Opus delivers 
web-based clinical solutions to hospital systems and integrat-
ed health networks nationwide. This acquisition complements 
and will be integrated with the assets of Sphere. Both compa-
nies are established developers of software and services for
the  inpatient  market  and  will  operate  under  the  Company’s
NextGen Division.

fi
2.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles  of  Consolidation. The  Consolidated  Financial
Statements include the accounts of Quality Systems, Inc. and 
its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  which  consists  of  NextGen 
Healthcare  Information  Systems,  Lackland  Acquisition  II,  LLC 
dba  Healthcare  Strategic  Initiatives,  Practice  Management
Partners,  Inc.,  NextGen  Sphere,  LLC,  and  Opus  Healthcare
Solutions, Inc. All signifi cant intercompany accounts and trans-
actions have been eliminated. 

Business  Segments.  The  Company  has  prepared  operating
segment information in accordance with Financial Accounting
Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codifi cation 
(“ASC”) Topic 280, Segment Reporting, or ASC 280, which 
requires that companies disclose “operating segments” based 
on  the  manner  in  which  management  disaggregates  the 
Company’s  operations  for  making  internal  operating  deci-
sions. See Note 15.

Basis  of  Presentation.  The  accompanying  Consolidated
Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with 
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States 
of America (“GAAP”).

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassifi ed to conform
with fi scal year 2010 presentation.

fi

References  to  dollar  amounts  in  the  Consolidated  Financial 
Statement sections are in thousands, except for shares and per 
share data, unless otherwise specifi ed.

Revenue Recognition. The Company recognizes system sales
revenue  pursuant  to  FASB  ASC  Topic  985-605,  Software, 
Revenue Recognition, or ASC 985-605. The Company gen-
erates revenue from the sale of licensing rights to its software
products  directly  to  end-users  and  value-added  resellers,  or 
VARs.  The  Company  also  generates  revenue  from  sales  of 
hardware  and  third  party  software,  implementation,  train-
ing, Electronic Data Interchange (“EDI”), post-contract support 
(maintenance), and other services, including RCM, performed
for customers who license its products. 

A  typical  system  contract  contains  multiple  elements  of  the 
above  items.  FASB  ASC  Topic  985-605-25, Software, 
Revenue Recognition, Multiple Elements, or ASC 985-605-25,
requires revenue earned on software arrangements involving
multiple elements to be allocated to each element based on
the  relative  fair  values  of  those  elements.  The  fair  value  of
an element must be based on vendor specifi c objective evi-
dence (“VSOE”). The Company limits its assessment of VSOE 
for each element to either the price charged when the same
element is sold separately or the price established by manage-
ment  having  the  relevant  authority  to  do  so,  for  an  element
not yet sold separately. VSOE calculations are updated and
reviewed quarterly or annually depending on the nature of the 
product or service. The Company has established VSOE for
the  related  undelivered  elements  based  on  the  bell-shaped
curve method. Maintenance VSOE for the Company’s largest
customers is based on stated renewal rates only if the rate is
determined to be substantive and falls within the Company’s
customary pricing practices.

When evidence of fair value exists for the delivered and unde-
livered elements of a transaction, then discounts for individual 
elements are aggregated and the total discount is allocated to
the individual elements in proportion to the elements’ fair value
relative to the total contract fair value. 

When  evidence  of  fair  value  exists  for  the  undelivered  ele-
ments  only,  the  residual  method,  provided  for  under  ASC
985-605, is used. Under the residual method, the Company 
defers revenue related to the undelivered elements in a system 
sale based on VSOE of fair value of each of the undelivered 
elements,  and  allocates  the  remainder  of  the  contract  price
net of all discounts to revenue recognized from the delivered
elements.  If  VSOE  of  fair  value  of  any  undelivered  element
does not exist, all revenue is deferred until VSOE of fair value
of the undelivered element is established or the element has 
been delivered.

The Company bills for the entire system sales contract amount 
upon contract execution except for maintenance which is billed
separately. Amounts billed in excess of the amounts contrac-
tually  due  are  recorded  in  accounts  receivable  as  advance

63

billings. Amounts are contractually due when services are per-
formed or in accordance with contractually specifi ed payment 
dates. Provided the fees are fi xed or determinable and col-
lection is considered probable, revenue from licensing rights 
and sales of hardware and third party software is generally 
recognized upon physical or electronic shipment and transfer
of  title.  In  certain  transactions  where  collections  risk  is  high,
the cash basis method is used to recognize revenue. If the fee
is not fi xed or determinable, then the revenue recognized in
each period (subject to application of other revenue recogni-
tion criteria) will be the lesser of the aggregate of amounts due
and payable or the amount of the arrangement fee that would 
have  been  recognized  if  the  fees  were  being  recognized 
using the residual method. Fees which are considered fi xed or
determinable at the inception of the Company’s arrangements
must include the following characteristics:

• 

• 

The fee must be negotiated at the outset of an arrange-
ment, and generally be based on the specifi c volume of 
products to be delivered without being subject to change
based on variable pricing mechanisms such as the num-
ber of units copied or distributed or the expected number 
of users.

Payment terms must not be considered extended. If a sig-
nifi cant  portion  of  the  fee  is  due  more  than  12  months 
after delivery or after the expiration of the license, the fee 
is presumed not fi xed or determinable.

Revenue  from  implementation  and  training  services  is  rec-
ognized  as  the  corresponding  services  are  performed.
Maintenance revenue is recognized ratably over the contrac-
tual maintenance period.

Contract accounting is applied where services include signifi -
cant software modifi cation, development or customization. In 
such instances, the arrangement fee is accounted for in accor-
dance with FASB ASC Topic 605-35, Revenue Recognition, 
Construction-Type  and  Production-Type  Contracts,  or  ASC 
605-35. Pursuant to ASC 605-35, the Company uses the per-
centage of completion method provided all of the following
conditions exist:

the  contract  includes  provisions  that  clearly  specify  the 
enforceable rights regarding goods or services to be pro-
vided and received by the parties, the consideration to
be exchanged, and the manner and terms of settlement;

the  customer  can  be  expected  to  satisfy  its  obligations
under the contract;

the Company can be expected to perform its contractual
obligations; and

reliable estimates of progress towards completion can be 
made.

• 

• 

• 

• 

64

The Company measures completion using labor input hours. 
Costs of providing services, including services accounted for
in accordance with ASC 605-35, are expensed as incurred.

If a situation occurs in which a contract is so short term that
the  fi nancial  statements  would  not  vary  materially  from  us-
ing  the  percentage-of-completion  method  or  in  which  the 
Company is unable to make reliable estimates of progress of
completion of the contract, the completed contract method
is utilized.

Product returns are estimated in accordance with FASB ASC 
Topic 605-15, Revenue Recognition, Products, or ASC 605-
15. The Company also ensures that the other criteria in ASC 
605-15 have been met prior to recognition of revenue: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the price is fi xed or determinable;

the customer is obligated to pay and there are no contin-
gencies surrounding the obligation or the payment; 

the customer’s obligation would not change in the event 
of theft or damage to the product;

the customer has economic substance;

the amount of returns can be reasonably estimated; and

the  Company  does  not  have  signifi cant  obligations  for 
future performance in order to bring about resale of the 
product by the customer.

The  Company  has  historically  offered  short-term  rights  of  re-
turn  in  certain  sales  arrangements.  If  the  Company  is  able
to  estimate  returns  for  these  types  of  arrangements,  revenue
is  recognized  and  these  arrangements  are  recorded  in  the
Consolidated Financial Statements. If the Company is unable
to estimate returns for these types of arrangements, revenue is
not recognized in the Consolidated Financial Statements until
the rights of return expire.

Revenue related to sales arrangements that include the right to
use software stored on the Company’s hardware is accounted 
for under FASB ASC Topic 985-605-05, Software, Revenue 
Recognition,  Hosting  Arrangements, or  ASC  985-605-05,
which  requires  that  for  software  licenses  and  related  imple-
mentation services to continue to fall under ASC 985-605-05, 
the customer must have the contractual right to take possession
of the software without incurring a signifi cant penalty and  it 
must be feasible for the customer to either host the software
themselves or through another third party. If an arrangement is 
not deemed to be accounted for under ASC 985-605-05, the
entire arrangement is accounted for as a service contract in 
accordance with ASC 985-605-25. In that instance, the entire 
arrangement would be recognized as the hosting services are 
being performed.

From time to time, the Company offers future purchase dis-
counts  on  its  products  and  services  as  part  of  its  sales  ar-
rangements.  Pursuant  to  FASB  ASC  Topic  985-605-55, 
Software,  Revenue  Recognition,  Flowchart  of  Revenue 
Recognition on Software Arrangements, or ASC 985-605-
55, such discounts that are incremental to the range of dis-
counts  refl ected  in  the  pricing  of  the  other  elements  of  the 
arrangement, that are incremental to the range of discounts 
typically given in comparable transactions, and that are sig-
nifi cant, are treated as an additional element of the contract 
to be deferred. Amounts deferred related to future purchase 
options are not recognized until either the customer exercises
the discount offer or the offer expires.

RCM service revenue is derived from services fees, which in-
clude amounts charged for ongoing billing and other related
services, and are generally billed to the customer as a percent-
age  of  total  collections.  The  Company  does  not  recognize 
revenue for services fees until these collections are made, as 
the services fees are not fi xed or determinable until such time. 

Revenue  is  divided  into  two  categories,  “system  sales”  and
“maintenance, EDI, RCM and other services.”  Revenue in the
system  sales  category  includes  software  license  fees,  third 
party hardware and software, and implementation and train-
ing services related to purchase of the Company’s software
systems.  Revenue  in  the  maintenance,  EDI,  RCM  and  other
services category includes maintenance, EDI, RCM services, 
follow  on  training  and  implementation  services,  annual  third 
party license fees, hosting services and other services revenue. 

fi

Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents gen-
erally consist of cash, money market funds and short-term U.S. 
Treasury securities with original maturities of less than 90 days.
The Company had cash deposits at U.S. banks and financial
institutions at March 31, 2010 of which $82,223 was in ex-
cess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance 
limit of $250 per owner. The Company is exposed to credit 
loss for amounts in excess of insured limits in the event of non-
performance by the institutions; however, the Company does
not anticipate non-performance by these institutions. The mon-
ey market fund in which the Company holds a portion of its 
cash invests in only investment grade money market instruments
from a variety of industries, and therefore bears relatively low
market risk. The average maturity of the investments owned by
the money market fund is approximately two months.

Restricted  Cash.  Restricted  cash  consists  of  cash  which  is 
being held by HSI acting as agent for the disbursement of 
certain state social services programs. The Company records
an offsetting “Care Services liability” (see also Note 9) when 
it initially receives such cash from the government social ser-
vice programs and relieves both restricted cash and the Care

Services liability when amounts are disbursed. HSI earns an
administrative fee which is based on a percentage of funds
disbursed  on  behalf  of  certain  government  social  service 
programs.

Marketable Securities and ARS Put Option Rights. Marketable
securities are recorded at fair value, based on quoted market
rates or valuation analysis when appropriate.

The Company’s investments at March 31, 2010 and 2009
are  in  tax  exempt  municipal  Auction  Rate  Securities  (“ARS”), 
which are classifi ed as either current or non-current marketable
securities  on  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets, 
depending on the liquidity and timing of expected realization 
of such securities. The ARS are rated by one or more national 
rating agencies and have contractual terms of up to 30 years,
but generally have interest rate reset dates that occur every 7,
28 or 35 days. Despite the underlying long-term maturity of 
ARS, such securities were priced and subsequently traded as
short-term investments because of the interest rate reset feature. 
If there are insuffi cient buyers, the auction is said to “fail” and 
the  holders  are  unable  to  liquidate  the  investments  through
auction.  A  failed  auction  does  not  result  in  a  default  of  the 
debt instrument. Under their respective terms, the securities will 
continue to accrue interest and be auctioned until the auction
succeeds, the issuer calls the securities or the securities mature.
In February 2008, the Company began to experience failed 
auctions on its ARS.

The Company’s ARS are held by UBS Financial Services Inc.
(“UBS”).  On  November  13,  2008,  the  Company  entered 
into  an  Auction  Rate  Security  Rights  Agreement  (the  “Rights
Agreement”)  with  UBS,  whereby  the  Company  accepted 
UBS’s  offer  to  purchase  the  Company’s  ARS  investments  at 
any time during the period of June 30, 2010 through July 2, 
2012. As a result, the Company had obtained an asset, ARS 
put option rights, whereby the Company has a right to “put” 
the ARS back to UBS. The Company expects to exercise its
ARS put option rights and put its ARS back to UBS on June 30, 
2010, the earliest date allowable under the Rights Agreement.

Prior to signing the Rights Agreement the Company had as-
serted that it had the intent and ability to hold these securities 
until  anticipated  recovery  and  classifi ed  its  ARS  as  held  for 
sale securities on its Consolidated Balance Sheets. By accept-
ing the Rights Agreement, the Company could no longer as-
sert that it has the intent to hold the auction rate securities until 
anticipated recovery and consequently elected to reclassify its 
investments in ARS as trading securities, as defi ned by FASB 
ASC Topic 320, Investments – Debt and Equity Securities, or 
ASC 320, on the date of Company’s acceptance of the Rights

fi

65

Agreement. As trading securities, the ARS are carried at fair
value with changes recorded through earnings. 

To determine the estimated fair values of the ARS at March 
31, 2010 and 2009, factors including credit quality, assump-
tions  about  the  likelihood  of  redemption,  observable  market
data such as yields or spreads of fi xed rate municipal bonds
and other trading instruments issued by the same or compa-
rable issuers, were considered. The Company has valued the
ARS as the approximate midpoint between various fair values, 
measured as the difference between the par value of the ARS 
and the fair value of the securities, discounted by the credit
risk  of  the  broker  and  other  factors  such  as  the  Company’s
historical experience to sell ARS at par. Based on this analy-
sis, the Company recognized a gain of approximately $188 
through its earnings for the year ended March 31, 2010. The
estimated fair value of the ARS as of March 31, 2010 was 
determined to be $7,158 and is included on the accompany-
ing Consolidated Balance Sheets.

As  the  Company  will  be  permitted  to  put  the  ARS  back  to 
UBS at par value, the Company accounted for the ARS put 
option right as a separate asset that was measured at its fair 
value with changes recorded through earnings. The Company
has valued the ARS put option right as the approximate mid-
point between various fair values, measured as the difference
between the par value of the ARS and the fair value of the 
securities, discounted by the credit risk of the broker and other
factors  such  as  the  Company’s  historical  experience  to  sell 
ARS at par. Based on this analysis, the Company recognized
a gain of approximately $80 through its earnings for the year
ended March 31, 2010. The estimated fair value of the ARS 
put option rights as of March 31, 2010 was determined to be
$548  and  is  included  on  the  accompanying  Consolidated 
Balance Sheets in other current assets.

The  Company  is  required  to  assess  the  fair  value  of  these
two individual assets and to record corresponding changes in 
fair value in each reporting period through the Consolidated 
Statements of Income until the ARS put option rights are exer-
cised and the ARS are redeemed or sold. The Company ex-
pects that the fair value movements in the ARS will be largely 
offset by the future changes in the fair value of the ARS put 
option rights. Since the ARS put option rights represent the right 
to sell the securities back to UBS at par, the Company will be
required to periodically assess the economic ability of UBS to 
meet that obligation in assessing the fair value of the ARS put 
option rights.

Allowance  for  Doubtful  Accounts.  The  Company  provides
credit terms typically ranging from thirty days to less than twelve
months for most system and maintenance contract sales and
generally does not require collateral. The Company performs 

credit evaluations of its customers and maintains reserves for
estimated  credit  losses.  Reserves  for  potential  credit  losses
are determined by establishing both specifi c and general re-
serves. Specifi c reserves are based on management’s estimate
of the probability of collection for certain troubled accounts.
General  reserves  are  established  based  on  the  Company’s 
historical experience of bad debt expense and the aging of 
the Company’s accounts receivable balances, net of deferred 
revenue and specifi cally reserved accounts. Accounts are writ-
ten off as uncollectible only after the Company has expended
extensive collection efforts. 

Included in accounts receivable are amounts related to main-
tenance and services which were billed, but which had not 
yet been rendered as of the end of the period. Undelivered
maintenance and services are included on the accompanying
Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  in  deferred  revenue  (see  also
Note 9).

Inventories. Inventories  consist  of  hardware  for  specifi c  cus-
tomer orders and spare parts, and are valued at lower of cost 
(first-in, fi
fi
rst-out) or market. Management provides a reserve to 
fi
reduce inventory to its net realizable value.

Equipment and Improvements. Equipment and improvements 
are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amorti-
zation. Depreciation and amortization of equipment and im-
provements are provided over the estimated useful lives of the
assets, or the related lease terms if shorter, by the straight-line
method. Useful lives range as follows:

•  Computers and electronic

• 

• 

test equipment 

3-5 years

Furniture and fi xtures 

5-7 years

Leasehold improvements 

lesser of lease term or 
estimated useful life of asset

Software  Development  Costs.  Development  costs  incurred
in the research and development of new software products 
and  enhancements  to  existing  software  products  are  ex-
pensed  as  incurred  until  technological  feasibility  has  been
established. After technological feasibility is established, any 
additional development costs are capitalized in accordance 
with FASB ASC Topic 985-20, Software, Costs of Computer 
Software  to  be  Sold,  Leased  or  Marketed,  or  ASC  985-
20. Such capitalized costs are amortized on a straight-line 
basis over the estimated economic life of the related prod-
uct,  which  is  typically  three  years.  The  Company  provides
support services on the current and prior two versions of its
software.  Management  performs  an  annual  review  of  the
estimated economic life and the recoverability of such capi-
talized software costs. If a determination is made that capi-
talized amounts are not recoverable based on the estimated 

d

66

 
cash  fl ows  to  be  generated  from  the  applicable  software, 
any remaining capitalized amounts are written off.

l

Goodwill. Goodwill is related to the NextGen Division and
the HSI, PMP, Sphere, and Opus acquisitions, which closed 
on May 20, 2008, October 28, 2008, August 12, 2009, 
and  February  10,  2010,  respectively  (see  Notes  5,  6  and 
7). In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350-20, Intangibles 
–  Goodwill  and  Other,  Goodwill,  or  ASC  350-20,  the
Company tests goodwill for impairment annually at the end
of its fi rst fi
fi
scal quarter, referred to as the annual test date. The
fi
Company  will  also  test  for  impairment  between  annual  test 
dates if an event occurs or circumstances change that would 
indicate  the  carrying  amount  may  be  impaired.  Impairment
testing for goodwill is performed at a reporting-unit level. An 
impairment loss would generally be recognized when the car-
rying  amount  of  the  reporting  unit’s  net  assets  exceeds  the 
estimated fair value of the reporting unit. The Company has 
determined that there was no indication of impairment to its 
goodwill as of March 31, 2010. See also Note 6.

Intangible Assets. Intangible assets consist of capitalized soft-
ware  costs,  customer  relationships,  trade  names  and  certain 
intellectual property. Intangible assets related to customer rela-
tionships and trade names arose in connection with the acquisi-
tion of HSI, PMP, Sphere, and Opus. These intangible assets 
were recorded at fair value and are stated net of accumulated
amortization and impairments. Intangible assets are amortized
over  their  remaining  estimated  useful  lives,  ranging  from  3  to 
9 years. The Company’s amortization policy for intangible as-
sets  is  based  on  the  principles  in  FASB  ASC  Topic  350-30,
Intangibles – Goodwill and Other, General Intangibles Other 
than Goodwill, or ASC 350-30, which requires that the amorti-
zation of intangible assets refl ect the pattern that the economic
benefits of the intangible assets are consumed.

fi

l

Long-Lived Assets. The Company assesses the recoverability 
of  long-lived  assets  at  least  annually  or  whenever  adverse 
events or changes in circumstances indicate that impairment
may have occurred in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 360-
10, Property, Plant, and Equipment, Impairment or Disposal of 
Long-Lived Assets, or ASC 360-10. If the future undiscounted 
cash fl ows expected to result from the use of the related assets 
are less than the carrying value of such assets, an impairment 
has  been  incurred  and  a  loss  is  recognized  to  reduce  the 
carrying value of the long-lived assets to fair value, which is 
determined by discounting estimated future cash fl ows. 

Management periodically reviews the carrying value of long-
lived assets to determine whether or not  impairment to such
value has occurred and has determined that there was no im-
pairment to its long-lived assets as of March 31, 2010. In ad-
dition to the recoverability assessment, the Company routinely
reviews the remaining estimated lives of its long-lived assets.

fi

Income Taxes. The Company accounts for income taxes in ac-
cordance with FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes, or ASC
740. Income taxes are provided based on current taxable in-
come and the future tax consequences of temporary differenc-
es between the basis of assets and liabilities for financial and
tax  reporting.  The  deferred  income  tax  assets  and  liabilities
represent the future state and federal tax return consequences 
of those differences, which will either be taxable or deduct-
ible when the assets and liabilities are recovered or settled. 
Deferred  income  taxes  are  also  recognized  for  operating
losses that are available to offset future taxable income and 
tax credits that are available to offset future income taxes. At
each reporting period, management assesses the realizable 
value of deferred tax assets based on, among other things, es-
timates of future taxable income, and adjusts the related valu-
ation allowance as necessary. Management makes a number 
of assumptions and estimates in determining the appropriate
amount of expense to record for income taxes. These assump-
tions and estimates consider the taxing jurisdiction in which the
Company operates as well as current tax regulations. Accruals
are established for estimates of tax effects for certain transac-
tions and future projected profitability of the Company’s busi-
fi
nesses based on management’s interpretation of existing facts 
and circumstances. 

On April 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of
ASC  740  related  to  the  accounting  for  uncertain  tax  provi-
sions. The adoption of the provisions of ASC 740 did not have
a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements. As 
a  result,  there  was  no  cumulative  effect  related  to  adopting 
ASC 740. However, certain amounts have been reclassifi ed 
in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  in  order  to
comply with the requirements of the statement. See Note 11.

fi

Self-Insurance  Liabilities.  Effective  January  1,  2010,  the 
Company  became  self-insured  with  respect  to  healthcare 
claims,  subject  to  stop-loss  limits.  The  Company  accrues  for
estimated self-insurance costs and uninsured exposures based 
on  claims  filed  and  an  estimate  of  claims  incurred  but  not
reported as of each balance sheet date. However, it is pos-
sible that recorded accruals may not be adequate to cover the
future payment of claims. Adjustments, if any, to estimated ac-
cruals resulting from ultimate claim payments will be refl ected
in earnings during the periods in which such adjustments are
determined. Periodically, the Company reevaluates the ade-
quacy of the accruals by comparing amounts accrued on the 
balance sheet for anticipated losses to an updated actuarial 
loss forecasts and third party claim administrator loss estimates
and makes adjustments to the accruals as needed. 

67

As  of  March  31,  2010,  the  self-insurance  accrual  was  ap-
proximately $516, which is included in other current liabilities
on  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet.  If  any 
of  the  factors  that  contribute  to  the  overall  cost  of  insurance 
claims were to change, the actual amount incurred for the self-
insurance liabilities would be directly affected. 

Advertising Costs. Advertising costs are charged to operations 
as incurred. The Company does not have any direct-response 
advertising.  Advertising  costs,  which  includes  trade  shows
and conventions, were approximately $6,198, $3,459 and 
$2,580  for  the  years  ended  March  31,  2010,  2009  and 
2008,  respectively,  and  were  included  in  selling,  general
and administrative expenses  in the Consolidated Statements 
of Income.

Marketing  Assistance  Agreements.  The  Company  has  en-
tered  into  marketing  assistance  agreements  with  certain

existing users of the Company’s products, which provide the 
opportunity  for  those  users  to  earn  commissions  if  they  host 
specifi c site visits upon the Company’s request for prospective
customers that directly result in a purchase of the Company’s
software by the visiting prospects. Amounts earned by existing 
users under this program are treated as a selling expense in
the period when earned.

Other  Comprehensive  Income. Comprehensive  income  in-
cludes  all  changes  in  Shareholders’  Equity  during  a  period
except  those  resulting  from  investments  by  owners  and  dis-
tributions  to  owners.  The  components  of  accumulated  other 
comprehensive income (loss), net of income tax, consist of un-
realized losses on marketable securities of $(196) as of March
31, 2008. There were no other comprehensive income items
for the years ended March 31, 2010 or 2009.

Net income 

Other comprehensive income:

Year Ended March 31,

 2010

 2009

 2008

$ 48,379 

$ 46,119 

$ 40,078

Unrealized loss on marketable securities, net of tax 

 – 

 – 

 (196)

Comprehensive income 

$ 48,379 

$ 46,119 

$ 39,882

Earnings per Share. Pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 260, Earnings 
Per Share, or ASC 260, the Company provides dual presenta-
tion of “basic” and “diluted” earnings per share (“EPS”).

Basic  EPS  excludes  dilution  from  common  stock  equivalents 
and  is  computed  by  dividing  income  available  to  common 
shareholders  by  the  weighted  average  number  of  common
shares  outstanding  for  the  period.  Diluted  EPS  refl ects  the 
potential dilution from common stock equivalents.

The following table reconciles the weighted average shares outstanding for basic and diluted net income per share for the 
periods presented:

Net income 

Basic net income per share:

Year ended March 31,

 2010

 2009

 2008

$ 48,379 

$ 46,119 

$ 40,078

   Weighted average shares outstanding – Basic

28,635 

28,031 

27,298

Basic net income per common share 

$

1.69 

$

1.65 

$

1.47

Net income 

Diluted net income per share:

   Weighted average shares outstanding – Basic

   Effect of potentially dilutive securities 

   Weighted average shares outstanding – Diluted 

$ 48,379 

$ 46,119 

$ 40,078

28,635 

161 

28,796 

28,031 

365 

28,396 

27,298

 472

27,770

Diluted net income per common share 

$

1.68 

$

1.62 

$

1.44

68

The  computation  of  diluted  net  income  per  share  does  not 
include 74,962, 440,338 and 279,752 options for the years
ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, be-
cause their inclusion would have an anti-dilutive effect on earn-
ings per share. 

Share-Based Compensation. FASB ASC Topic 718 Compen-
sation – Stock Compensation, or ASC 718, requires compa-
nies to estimate the fair value of share-based payment awards
on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. Expected 
term is estimated using historical exercise experience. Volatility
is estimated by using the weighted average historical volatility 

of the Company’s common stock, which approximates expect-
ed  volatility.  The  risk  free  rate  is  the  implied  yield  available 
on the U.S Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms 
equal to the expected term. The expected dividend yield is the 
average dividend rate during a period equal to the expected
term of the option. Those inputs are then entered into the Black 
Scholes model to determine the estimated fair value. The value 
of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest 
is  recognized  ratably  as  expense  over  the  requisite  service 
period in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income.

The following table shows total stock-based compensation expense included in the Consolidated Statements of Income for years
ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively:

Costs and expenses:

   Cost of revenue 

   Research and development 

   Selling, general and administrative 

Total share-based compensation 

Year ended March 31,

2010

2009

2008

$

85 

 108 

1,880 

$

195 

 242 

1,540 

$

496 

 800 

 2,461 

$  2,073

$  1,977

$  3,757

Amounts capitalized in software development costs 

 (27)

 (21)

 (39)

Amounts charged against earnings, before income tax benefi t 

$ 2,046 

$ 1,956 

$ 3,718

Related income tax benefi t

Decrease in net income

(608) 

(549) 

(969)

$ 1,438 

$ 1,407 

$ 2,749 

Sales  Taxes.
In  accordance  with  the  guidance  of  FASB
ASC  Topic  605-45, Revenue  Recognition,  Principal  Agent 
Considerations, or ASC 605-45, the Company accounts for
sales taxes imposed on its goods and services on a net basis 
in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

fi

Use of Estimates. The preparation of Consolidated Financial 
Statements  in  conformity  with  GAAP  requires  management 
to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported 
amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent 
assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial  statements, 
and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenue  and  expenses  during
the  reporting  period.  On  an  ongoing  basis,  the  Company 
evaluates its estimates, including those related to uncollectible 
receivables, vendor specifi c objective evidence, valuation of
marketable securities and ARS put option rights, self-insurance
accruals, and  income taxes and related credits and deduc-
tions. The Company bases its estimates on historical experi-
ence and on various other assumptions that are believed to be 
reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form
the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of 

assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other 
sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under
different assumptions or conditions. 

Newly Adopted Accounting Standards. In September 2009,
the FASB issued an accounting standards update to ASC 740. 
This update addresses the need for additional implementation 
guidance on accounting for uncertainties in income taxes, spe-
cifi cally, whether income tax paid by an entity is attributable 
to the entity or its owners; what constitutes a tax position for 
a pass-through entity or a tax-exempt entity; and how to ap-
ply the uncertainty in income taxes when a group of related 
entities  comprise  both  taxable  and  nontaxable  entities.  This
update also eliminates certain disclosures for nonpublic enti-
ties.  Since  the  Company  currently  applies  the  standards  for 
accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, this update was
effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual
periods ending after September 15, 2009. The adoption of
this update did not have a material impact on the Company’s 
Consolidated Financial Statements. 

fi

69

 
 
In  August  2009,  the  FASB  issued  an  accounting  standards
update  to  ASC  Topic  820, Fair  Value  Measurements  and 
Disclosures, or  ASC  820.  This  update  provides  clarifi cation 
that  in  circumstances  in  which  a  quoted  price  in  an  active 
market  for  the  identical  liability  is  not  available,  a  reporting
entity is required to measure fair value using one or more of 
the following techniques:  (i) a valuation technique that uses 
the quoted price of the identical liability when traded as an 
asset  or  the  quoted  prices  for  similar  liabilities  when  traded 
as assets and (ii) another valuation technique that is consistent
with the principles of ASC 820. This update also clarifi es that 
when estimating the fair value of a liability, a reporting entity is
not required to include a separate input or adjustment to other
inputs  relating  to  the  existence  of  a  restriction  that  prevents 
the  transfer  of  the  liability.  Additionally,  this  update  clarifi es 
that both a quoted price in an active market for the identical
liability at the measurement date and the quoted price for the 
identical liability when traded as an asset in an active market
when no adjustments to the quoted price of the asset are re-
quired are Level 1 fair value measurements. This update was
effective for the fi rst reporting period beginning after issuance 
(the Company’s interim period ended September 30, 2009).
The adoption of this update did not have a material impact on
the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

fi

In April 2009, the FASB issued three related accounting provi-
sions intended to provide additional application guidance and
enhanced disclosures regarding fair value measurements and 
other-than-temporary impairments of securities:  (i) FASB ASC
Topic 820-10-65, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures
–  Transition  and  Open  Effective  Date  Information,  or  ASC 
820-10-65;  (ii)  FASB  ASC  Topic  320-10-65, Investments  – 
Debt  and  Equity  Securities  –  Transition  and  Open  Effective 
Date  Information,  or  ASC  320-10-65;  and  (iii)  FASB  ASC 
Topic 825-10-65, Financial Instruments – Transition and Open
Effective Date Information, or ASC 825-10-65. ASC 820-10-
65  provides  guidelines  for  making  fair  value  measurements
more consistent with the principles presented in ASC 820-10.
ASC 820-10-65 must be applied prospectively and retrospec-
tive application is not permitted. ASC 820-10-65 is effective 
for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009, 
with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 
15,  2009.  An  entity  early  adopting  ASC  820-10-65  must 
also early adopt ASC 320-10-65. ASC 320-10-65 provides
additional  guidance  designed  to  create  greater  clarity  and 
consistency in accounting for and presenting impairment loss-
es on debt securities. ASC 320-10-65 is effective for interim
and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early
adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. 
An entity may early adopt these provisions only if it also elects 
to early adopt ASC 820-10-65. ASC 825-10-65 enhances 
consistency in financial reporting by increasing the frequency 

fi

70

of fair value disclosures. ASC 825-10-65 is effective for interim 
periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption per-
mitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. However,
an entity may early adopt these interim fair value disclosure re-
quirements only if it also elects to early adopt ASC 820-10-65
and  ASC  320-10-65.  The  adoption  of  these provisions  did
not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated 
Financial Statements. 

In April 2009, the FASB issued ASC Topic 805-20, Business
Combinations,  Identifi able  Assets  and  Liabilities,  and  Any 
Noncontrolling  Interest,tt or  ASC  805-20.  ASC  805-20
amends the guidance in ASC 805 to: (i) require that assets
acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  in  a  business  combination
that arise from contingencies be recognized at fair value if fair
value can be reasonably estimated  (if fair value of such an
asset or liability cannot be reasonably estimated, the asset or 
liability  would  generally  be  recognized  in  accordance  with
FASB ASC Topic 450, Contingencies, or ASC 450), (ii) elimi-
nate the requirement to disclose an estimate of the range of
outcomes of recognized contingencies at the acquisition date 
(for unrecognized contingencies, the FASB decided to require 
that entities include only the disclosures required by ASC 450 
and that those disclosures be included in the business combi-
nation footnote); and (iii) require that contingent consideration 
arrangements  of  an  acquiree  assumed  by  the  acquirer  in  a 
business combination be treated as contingent consideration 
of the acquirer and should be initially and subsequently mea-
sured at fair value in accordance with ASC 805. ASC 805-
20 is effective for assets or liabilities arising from contingencies 
in business combinations for which the acquisition date is on
fi
or after the beginning of the fi rst annual reporting period be-
ginning on or after December 15, 2008. 

l

In December 2007, the FASB issued ASC Topic 805-10-65-1,
Business Combinations – Overall – Transition Related to SFAS
No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations (SFAS 141(R)) 
and SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated 
Financial Statements – an amendment of Accounting Review 
Bulletin No. 51, or ASC 805-10-65-1, the provisions of which 
have  been  incorporated  in  ASC  Topic  805-10, Business
Combinations – Overall, or ASC 805-10, and ASC 805-20.
ASC 805-10-65-1 retains the fundamental requirements of the 
original  pronouncement  requiring  that  the  purchase  method 
be used for all business combinations. ASC 805-10-65-1 de-
fi nes the acquirer as the entity that obtains control of one or 
fi
more businesses in the business combination, establishes the
acquisition date as the date that the acquirer achieves control
and  requires  the  acquirer  to  recognize  the  assets  acquired, 
liabilities  assumed  and  any  noncontrolling  interest  (including
goodwill)  at  their  fair  values  as  of  the  acquisition  date.  In
addition, ASC 805-10-65-1 requires expensing of acquisition-
related  and  restructure-related  costs,  remeasurement  of  earn

out provisions at fair value, measurement of equity securities
issued  for  purchase  at  the  date  of  close  of  the  transaction 
and non-expensing of  in-process research and development 
related  intangibles.  ASC  805-10-65-1  applies  prospectively 
to  business  combinations  for  which  the  acquisition  date  is
on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period
beginning  on  or  after  December  15,  2008.  An  entity  may
not  apply  it  before  that  date.  The  Company  adopted  ASC
805-10 and ASC 805-20 and applied the provisions of the
pronouncement to the business combinations completed dur-
ing fi scal year 2010.

fi

fi

In November 2008, the FASB ratifi ed ASC Topic 350-30-55,
Intangibles – Goodwill and Other, Defensive Intangible Asset,tt
or  ASC  350-30-55.  ASC  350-30-55  clarifi es  the  account-
ing for certain separately identifi able intangible assets that an 
acquirer does not intend to actively use but instead intends to 
hold to prevent its competitors from obtaining access to them.
ASC 350-30-55 requires an acquirer in a business combina-
tion to account for a defensive intangible asset as a separate
unit  of  accounting,  which  should  be  amortized  to  expense 
over the period the asset diminishes in value. ASC 350-30-
55 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2008, with early adoption prohibited. The adoption of ASC 
350-30-55 did not have a material impact on the Company’s 
Consolidated Financial Statements.

fi

In  June  2008,  the  FASB  issued  ASC  Topic  260-10-45, 
Earnings Per Share, Required EPS Presentation on the Face of 
the Income Statement,tt or ASC 260-10-45. ASC 260-10-45 
concluded  that  unvested  share-based  payment  awards  that 
contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equiva-
lents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and 
shall  be  included  in  the  computation  of  basic  earnings  per
share (“EPS”) pursuant to the two-class method. ASC 260-10-
45 became effective on April 1, 2009. Early adoption was
not  permitted;  however,  it  does  apply  retrospectively  to  EPS
data for all periods presented in the financial statements or in fi -
nancial data. The Company does not currently have any share-
based awards with nonforfeitable rights to dividends or divi-
dend equivalents and therefore ASC 260-10-45 did not have
an  impact  on  the  Company’s  EPS  data  in  fiscal  year  2010 
or on EPS for any prior periods presented in the Company’s 
Consolidated Financial Statements or financial data.

fi

fi

fi

fi

In  April  2008,  the  FASB  finalized  ASC  Topic  350-30-65,
Intangibles  –  Goodwill  and  Other,  General  Intangibles 
Other  than  Goodwill  –  Transition  and  Open  Effective  Date 
Information,  or  ASC  350-30-65.  ASC  350-30-65  amends
the factors that should be considered in developing renewal
or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a 
recognized intangible asset under FASB ASC Topic 350-20, 

Intangibles – Goodwill and Other, Goodwill. ASC 350-30-
65 applies to intangible assets that are acquired individually
or  with  a  group  of  other  assets  and  both  intangible  assets
acquired  in  business  combinations  and  asset  acquisitions. 
ASC 350-30-65  is effective for fiscal years beginning after 
December  15,  2008  and  interim  periods  within  those  fis-fi
cal  years.  The  adoption  of  ASC  350-30-65  did  not  have 
a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial 
Statements.

fi

Recently Issued Accounting Standards. In January 2010, the
FASB issued guidance that requires reporting entities to make 
new  disclosures  about  recurring  or  nonrecurring  fair  value 
measurements,  including  signifi cant  transfers  into  and  out  of
Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and information
on purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements on a gross ba-
sis in the reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements. The
guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning 
after December 15, 2009, except for Level 3 reconciliation
disclosures  that  are  effective  for  interim  and  annual  periods 
beginning  after  December  15,  2010.  The  Company  does
not expect the disclosure provisions for Level 3 reconciliation
to  have  a  signifi cant  impact  on  its  Consolidated  Financial
Statements.

In  September  2009,  the  FASB  reached  a  consensus  on 
Accounting  Standards  Update,  or  ASU,  2009-13,  Revenue 
Recognition  (Topic  605)  –  Multiple-Deliverable  Revenue 
Arrangements,  or  ASU  2009-13,  and  ASU  2009-14, 
Software  (Topic  985) – Certain  Revenue  Arrangements  That 
Include Software Elements, or ASU 2009-14. ASU 2009-13
modifi es the requirements that must be met for an entity to rec-
ognize revenue from the sale of a delivered item that is part of 
a multiple-element arrangement when other items have not yet
been delivered. ASU 2009-13 eliminates the requirement that 
all undelivered elements must have either:  (i) VSOE or (ii) third-
party  evidence,  or  TPE,  before  an  entity  can  recognize  the
portion of an overall arrangement consideration that is attribut-
able to items that already have been delivered. In the absence
of  VSOE  or  TPE  of  the  standalone  selling  price  for  one  or 
more delivered or undelivered elements in a multiple-element
arrangement,  entities  will  be  required  to  estimate  the  selling
prices of those elements. Overall arrangement consideration 
will be allocated to each element (both delivered and undeliv-
ered items) based on their relative selling prices, regardless of 
whether those selling prices are evidenced by VSOE or TPE or
are based on the entity’s estimated selling price. The residual
method  of  allocating  arrangement  consideration  has  been
eliminated. ASU 2009-14 modifi es the software revenue rec-
ognition guidance to exclude from its scope tangible products
that contain both software and non-software components that 
function together to deliver a product’s essential functionality. 

71

These  new  updates  are  effective  for  revenue  arrangements
entered into or materially modifi ed in fi scal years beginning 
on or after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. The 
Company  is  currently  evaluating  the  impact  that  the  adop-
tion  of  these  ASUs  will  have  on  its  Consolidated  Financial
Statements.

fi

3.   Cash and Cash Equivalents

At March 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had cash and
cash equivalents of $84,611 and $70,180, respectively. Cash
and  cash  equivalents  consist  of  cash,  money  market  funds 
and short-term U.S. Treasury securities with original maturities 
of less than 90 days. The money market fund in which the
Company holds a portion of its cash invests in only investment
grade money market instruments from a variety of industries, 
and  therefore  bears  relatively  low  market  risk.  The  average 
maturity of the investments owned by the money market fund
is approximately two months.

4.   Fair Value Measurements

The  Company  applies  ASC  820  with  respect  to  fair  value
measurements  of  (a)  nonfinancial  assets  and  liabilities  that
are  recognized  or  disclosed  at  fair  value  in  the  Company’s

fi

fi

Consolidated  Financial  Statements  on  a  recurring  basis  (at 
least annually) and (b) all financial assets and liabilities. The
Company adopted the aspects of ASC 820 relative to non-
fi
fi nancial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value, 
but are recognized and disclosed at fair value on a nonrecur-
ring  basis,  prospectively  effective  April  1,  2009.  ASC  820
prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value into the fol-
lowing hierarchy:

Level 1  Quoted market prices in active markets for identical 

assets or liabilities;

2

Level 2  Observable  inputs  other  than  those  included  in 
Level 1 (for example, quoted prices for similar as-
sets in active markets or quoted prices for identical
assets in inactive markets); and

Level 3  Unobservable inputs refl ecting management’s own
assumptions about the inputs used in estimating the 
value of the asset.

The following table summarizes the Company’s financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis in accordance with 
ASC 820 as of March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2009:

fi

Balance at
 March 31, 2010

Quoted Prices in Active
Markets For Identical
Assets (Level 1)

Signifi cant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)

Unobservable Inputs 
(Level 3)

Cash and cash equivalents

$

84,611 

$

84,611 

 $          – 

 $          – 

Restricted cash

Marketable securities(1)

ARS put option rights(2)

 2,339 

 7,158 

 548 

 2,339 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 7,158 

 548 

$

94,656 

$

86,950 

 $          –

 $   7,706 

Balance at
March 31, 2009

Quoted Prices in 
Active Markets For
Identical Assets (Level 
1)

Signifi cant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)

Unobservable Inputs 
(Level 3)

Cash and cash equivalents

$

70,180 

$

70,180 

 $          – 

 $          – 

Restricted cash

Marketable securities(1)

ARS put option rights(3)

 1,303 

 7,395 

 468 

 1,303 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 7,395 

 468 

$

79,346 

$

71,483 

 $          –

 $  7,863 

(1)  Marketable securities consist of ARS.
(2)  ARS put option rights are included on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets in other current assets as of March 31, 2010.
(3)  ARS put option rights are included on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets in other assets as of March 31, 2009.

72

The fair value of the Company’s ARS, including the Company’s
ARS put option rights, has been estimated by management
based on its assumptions of what market participants would 
use in pricing the asset in a current transaction, or Level 3
– unobservable inputs, in accordance with ASC 820, and 
represents $7,706 and $7,863 or 8.1% and 9.9%, of total
fi nancial assets measured at fair value in accordance with
ASC  820  at  March  31,  2010  and  2009,  respectively. 
Management  used  a  model  to  estimate  the  fair  value  of
these securities that included certain Level 2 inputs as well 
as assumptions, such as a liquidity discount and credit rat-
ing of the issuers, based on management’s judgment, which
are highly subjective and therefore considered Level 3 inputs 
in the fair value hierarchy. The estimate of the fair value of
the ARS could change based on market conditions. For ad-
ditional information on cash and cash equivalents, restricted
cash or marketable securities, see Note 2.

The following table presents activity in the Company’s assets 
measured  at  fair  value  using  signifi cant  unobservable  inputs
(Level  3),  as  defined  by  ASC  820,  as  of  and  for  the  year 
ended March 31, 2010:

fi

Balance at March 31, 2009

$

7,863 

Transfer in/(out) of Level 3

Proceeds from sales (at par)

Recognized gain

–

(425)

268 

Balance at March 31, 2010

$

7,706

To determine the estimated fair values of the ARS at March 31,
2010 and 2009, factors including credit quality, assumptions 
about the likelihood of redemption, observable market data
such as yields or spreads of fi xed rate municipal bonds and
other trading instruments issued by the same or comparable is-
suers, were considered. The Company has valued the ARS as
the approximate midpoint between various fair values, mea-
sured as the difference between the par value of the ARS and 
the fair value of the securities, discounted by the credit risk of 
the broker and other factors such as the Company’s historical 
experience to sell ARS at par. 

Interest income related to cash and cash equivalents and mar-
ketable securities for each of the three years ended March 31, 
2010 is as follows:

Year ended March 31,

2010

2009

2008

Interest Income 

 $ 226 

 $ 1,203 

 $ 2,661 

5.   Business Combinations

On May 20, 2008, the Company acquired HSI, a full-service 
healthcare RCM company, and on October 28, 2008, the
Company acquired PMP, a full-service healthcare RCM com-
pany.  The  Company  accounted  for  these  acquisitions  as  a 
business combination using the purchase method of account-
ing. The purchase price was allocated to HSI and PMP’s tan-
gible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed
based on their estimated fair values as of the respective acqui-
sitions dates. The fair value of the assets acquired and liabili-
ties assumed represent management’s estimate of fair value. 

fi

During fi scal year 2010, the Company paid $3,000 in cash 
and issued stock options with a fair value of $433 as part 
of a contingent earn-out agreement relating to the acquisition 
of PMP. The additional consideration was recorded as an in-
crease to goodwill. See Note 6. 

Acquisition of Sphere

On August 12, 2009, the Company acquired certain assets
of  Sphere.  The  Company  accounted  for  this  acquisition  as
a  purchase  business  combination  as  defined  in  ASC  805.
Under  the  acquisition  method  of  accounting,  the  purchase
price was allocated to the tangible and intangible assets ac-
quired  and  liabilities  assumed  based  on  their  estimated  fair
values as of the acquisition date. The fair value of the assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed represent management’s esti-
mate of fair value.

fi

The  purchase  price  totaled  $1,374,  including  contingent 
consideration payable over a fi ve year period, consisting of
maintenance revenue and license fee payments, estimated at
approximately $1,074 based on the probability of achieving 
certain business milestones, but which in no event shall exceed 
$2,500. The total purchase price for Sphere is as follows:

Cash paid

Contingent consideration

   Total purchase price

$

300

1,074

 $

1,374

In  connection  with  the  acquisition,  the  Company  recorded
$275 of intangible assets related to customer relationships and
software technology and $1,020 of goodwill. The Company 
is amortizing the customer relationships intangible asset over 4 
years and the software technology over 3 years. 

73

 
The following table summarizes the final allocation of the pur-
chase price:

August 12, 2009

The Company recognized approximately $200 of acquisition 
and integration related costs that were expensed in the year 
ended March 31, 2010. 

$

158 

The purchase price totaled $20,581, including approximately 
$11,516 in contingent consideration based primarily on Opus
achieving certain EBITDA and strategic goal targets. The total 
purchase price for Opus is as follows:

Fair value of the net tangible assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed:
  Current assets (consisting of accounts 
  receivable only)

  Current liabilities, including long-term  
  debt due within one year

Total tangible assets acquired and 
liabilities assumed

Fair value of identifiable intangible  
assets acquired:

  Customer relationships

  Software technology

  Goodwill (including assembled  
  workforce of $84)

Total identifiable intangible assets 
acquired

(79)

79 

156

119

1,020

1,295

Total purchase price

$

1,374

The pro forma effects of this acquisition would not have been 
material to the Company’s results of operations for the  year
ended March 31, 2010 and is therefore not presented.

Acquisition of Opus

On  February  10,  2010,  the  Company  acquired  Opus.  
The Company accounted for this acquisition as a purchase
business  combination  as  defined  in  ASC  805.  Under  the
acquisition  method  of  accounting,  the  purchase  price  was 
allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and 
liabilities  assumed  based  on  their  estimated  fair  values  as
of the acquisition date. The fair value of the assets acquired
and liabilities assumed represent management’s estimate of 
fair value.

The estimated fair value of the acquired tangible and intan-
gible  assets  and  liabilities  assumed  were  determined  using 
multiple valuation approaches depending on the type of tan-
gible or intangible asset acquired, including but not limited to 
the income approach, the excess earnings method as well as 
the relief from royalty method approach.

Key assumptions used to determine the fair value of tangible 
and intangible assets acquired were (a) expected cash flow 
period of 5 to 10 years; (b) a weighted average cost of capi-
tal discount rate ranging from 24% to 26%, calculated using
the capital asset pricing model, the build-up and IRR method-
ologies; and (c) a risk free rate of 4.5%, which is based on the 
rates of long-term treasury securities.

74

Cash paid

Common stock issued at fair value

Contingent consideration

   Total purchase price

$

250

8,815

  11,516

 $ 20,581

In  connection  with  the  acquisition,  the  Company  recorded
$13,250 of intangible assets related to customer relationships
and  software  technology  and  $13,005  of  goodwill.  The
Company is amortizing the customer relationships intangible
asset over 4 years and the software technology over 8 years.

The following table summarizes the final allocation of the pur-
chase price:

February 10, 2010

Fair value of the net tangible assets
acquired and liabilities assumed:

   Cash and cash equivalents

$

2,036

   Current assets (including accounts 
   receivable of $1,753)

   Equipment and improvements and
   other long-term assets

   Accounts payable and 
   accrued liabilities

   Deferred revenues

Total tangible assets acquired and
liabilities assumed

Fair value of identifiable intangible
assets acquired:

   Customer relationships

   Software technology

   Goodwill (including assembled
   workforce of $1,000)

g

Total identifiable intangible 
assets acquired

Total purchase price

3,435

483

 (7,678)

 (3,950)

 (5,674)

1,250

12,000

13,005

26,255

 $ 20,581

The pro forma effects of this acquisition would not have been
material to the Company’s results of operations for the  year
ended March 31, 2010 and is therefore not presented.

 
 
6.   Goodwill

In accordance with ASC 350-20, the Company does not amortize goodwill as the goodwill has been determined to have an
indefi nite useful life.

fi

Goodwill consists of the following:

Balance at
March 31, 2009

Additions to 
Goodwill

Balance at
March 31, 2010

NextGen Division

   Opus Healthcare Solutions, Inc.

$

   NextGen Sphere, LLC

   NextGen Healthcare Information Systems, Inc.

Total NextGen Division goodwill

Practice Solutions Division

   Practice Management Partners, Inc

   Healthcare Strategic Initiatives

Total Practice Solutions Division goodwill

Total goodwill

–

 – 

 1,840 

 1,840 

 16,052 

10,839 

 26,891 

$  13,005 

$

 13,005

 1,020 

–

 14,025 

 3,433 

–

 3,433 

 1,020

 1,840

 15,865

 19,485

 10,839

 30,324

$ 28,731 

$ 17,458 

$

46,189

7.   Intangible Assets
The Company had the following intangible assets, other than capitalized software development costs, with determinable lives 
as of March 31, 2010:

Gross carrying amount

Accumulated amortization

   Net intangible assets

Customer
Relationships

Trade Name

Software
Technology

TT
Total

$  10,206 

$  637 

$ 12,119 

$  22,962 

(2,357)

 7,849 

(269)

 368 

(191)

 11,928 

(2,817)

 20,145 

Aggregate amortization expense during the year

$  1,434 

$  158 

$

191 

$ 1,783 

Activity related to the intangible assets for the year ended March 31, 2010 is as follows:

Customer 
Relationships

Trade Name

Software 
Technology

TT
Total

Balance as of April 1, 2009

$

 7,877 

$  526 

$

 –  

$  8,403 

Acquisition

Amortization

 1,406 

(1,434)

 – 

(158)

 12,119 

(191)

 13,525

(1,783)

Balance as of March 31, 2010

$

7,849

$ 368

$ 11,928 

$ 20,145

The following table represents the remaining estimated amortization of intangible assets with determinable lives as 
of March 31, 2010:

For the year ended March 31,

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015 and beyond

   Total 

$ 3,255

3,320

3,184

3,055

7,331

$20,145

75

8.   Capitalized Software Costs

As of March 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had the following amounts related to capitalized software costs: 

Gross carrying amount 

Accumulated amortization 

   Net capitalized software costs

Aggregate amortization expense during the year 

March 31, 2010

March 31, 2009

 $

41,429

 $

33,508

(29,883)

11,546 

5,927 

 $

 $

(23,956)

 $

 $

9,552

5,163

Activity related to net capitalized software costs for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

Beginning of the year

Capitalization 

Amortization

End of the year 

March 31, 2010

March 31, 2009

$

9,552

$

8,852

7,921

(5,927)

5,863

(5,163)

 $ 11,546

 $

9,552

The following table represents the remaining estimated amortization of capitalized software costs as of March 31, 2010:

For the year ending March 31,

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015 and beyond

    Total 

$

5,729

3,783

1,768

266

– 

$ 11,546

9.   Composition of Certain Financial Statement Captions

Accounts receivable include amounts related to maintenance and services that were billed but not yet rendered as of the end 
of the fiscal year. Undelivered maintenance and services are included on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as
part of the deferred revenue balance.

fi

March 31, 2010

March 31, 2009

Accounts receivable, excluding undelivered software, maintenance and services 

 $ 72,500 

 $ 64,003 

Undelivered software, maintenance and implementation services billed in 
advance, included in deferred revenue 

Accounts receivable, gross

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   Accounts receivable, net

Inventories are summarized as follows:

p
p

Computer systems and components, net of reserve for obsolescence of 
$237 and $210, respectively

p

y
y

Miscellaneous parts and supplies

   Inventories, net

76

39,447 

111,947 

(4,489)

29,944 

93,947 

(3,877)

 $ 107,458 

 $ 90,070 

March 31, 2010

March 31, 2009

 $

1,322 

 $

1,105

18 

20

 $

1,340 

 $

1,125

 
 
Equipment and improvements are summarized as follows:

Computer and electronic test equipment 

Furniture and fi xtures 

Leasehold improvements 

Accumulated depreciation and amortization 

   Equipment and improvements, net 

Accrued compensation and related benefits are summarized as follows:

fi

Payroll, bonus and commission 

Vacation 

   Accrued compensation and related benefi ts 

Short and long-term deferred revenue are summarized as follows:

Maintenance

Implementation services 

Annual license services 

Undelivered software and other 

   Deferred revenue 

   Deferred revenue, net of current

Other current liabilities are summarized as follows:

Contingent consideration related to acquisition

Care services liabilities 

Accrued EDI expenses 

Customer deposits

Accrued royalties

Deferred rent

Self insurance reserve

Sales tax payable

Commission payable 

Professional services

Other accrued expenses 

   Other accrued liabilities 

March 31, 2010 March 31, 2009

 $ 18,599 

 $ 15,384 

5,136

1,969 

25,704 

(17,272)

3,520

1,595 

20,499

(13,743)

 $

8,432 

 $

6,756 

March 31, 2010

March 31, 2009

 $

4,185 

4,766 

 $

8,951 

 $

 $

5,768

3,743

9,511

March 31, 2010

March 31, 2009

$ 13,242 

$

8,776

38,137 

8,214 

4,516 

28,631

7,988

2,189 

 $ 64,109 

 $ 47,584

 $

474 

 $

521

March 31, 2010

March 31, 2009

 $

5,275

 $

–

2,336

2,000

1,036 

926 

641 

516 

506 

 468 

391 

1,303

1,258 

 674 

933 

782 

–

 602 

 385 

 409 

 2,125 

 2,542 

 $ 16,220 

 $

8,888

77

 
 
10.   Other Income (Expense)

Other income (expense) of $268 for the year ended March
31, 2010 consists predominantly of gains and losses  in fair
value  recorded  on  the  Company’s  ARS  investments  as  well 
as on its ARS put option rights. For the year ended March 31, 
2010, the Company recognized a gain on the ARS of ap-
proximately $188 and a gain on the ARS put option rights of 
approximately $80. See Note 2.

11.   Income Taxes

During the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008,
the Company claimed federal research and development tax
credits of $605, $859 and $779, respectively, and state re-
search and development tax credits of approximately $129, 

$166  and  $113,  respectively.  Due  to  the  expiration  of  the 
Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) statute related to research and
development credits on December 31, 2009, the Company’s 
research and development credits for the year ended March
31,  2010  represent  credits  for  the  nine-month  period  from
April 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009. The Company 
also  claimed  the  qualifi ed  production  activities  deduction 
under Section 199 of the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) for
$4,133, $2,747 and $3,069 during the years ended March 
31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The research and
development  credits  and  the  qualifi ed  production  activities 
income deduction taken by the Company involve certain as-
sumptions and judgments regarding qualifi cation of expenses
under the relevant tax code provisions.

The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following components:

fi

Current:

   Federal taxes 

   State taxes 

Deferred: 

   Federal taxes 

   State taxes

Total

Year ended March 31,

2010

2009

2008

$ 23,750 

$ 18,818 

$ 18,120 

 5,043 

28,793

 4,992 

23,810 

4,348 

22,468 

 (768)

 (186)

 (954)

2,802 

596 

3,398 

333 

124

457

$ 27,839 

$ 27,208 

$ 22,925 

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed at the federal statutory rate as follows:

Current:

Federal income tax statutory rate 

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

   State income taxes, net of Federal benefitfi

Research and development tax credits

Qualifi ed production activities income deduction

Other

Effective income tax rate

Year ended March 31,

2010

2009

2008

  35.0% 

  35.0%

  35.0%

4.3

 (0.9)

 (2.0)

0.1

5.2

 (1.3)

 (1.4)

 (0.4)

4.8

 (1.3)

 (1.8)

 (0.3)

36.5%

  37.1%

  36.4%

78

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The net deferred tax assets (liabilities) in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of the following:

Deferred tax assets:

Deferred revenue and allowance for doubtful accounts

$

5,577

 $

3,271

March 31, 2010

March 31, 2009

Inventory valuation

   Purchased in-process research and development

Accrued compensation and benefitsfi

Deferred compensation

State income taxes

Compensatory stock option expense

Other

Total deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:

Accelerated depreciation

   Capitalized software

Intangibles assets

   Prepaid expense

Total deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax assets (liabilities), net 

115

601

2,325 

783

640

252

125

100

 912 

1,955 

789 

185

125

779

10,418

8,116

 (1,529)

 (4,806)

 (6,938)

 (2,326)

(15,599)

 (1,114)

 (4,126)

 (1,412)

 (2,036)

 (8,688)

$  (5,181)

 $

(572) 

The deferred tax assets and liabilities have been shown net in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets based on the
long-term or short-term nature of the items that give rise to the deferred amount. No valuation allowance has been made against
the deferred tax assets as management expects to receive the full benefit of the assets recorded.

fi

Uncertain Tax Positions 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefi ts, which is recorded in income taxes payable
in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet, is as follows:

fi

Balance at March 31, 2008

Additions for prior year tax positions

Reductions for prior year tax positions

Balance at March 31, 2009

Additions for prior year tax positions

Reductions for prior year tax positions

Balance at March 31, 2010

$       613

15

(561)

$ 67

598

(9)

$      656

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefi t that, if recognized, would decrease the income tax provision is $656.

fi

The Company’s continuing practice is to recognize estimated interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in general
and administrative expenses. The Company had approximately $59 and $12 of accrued interest related to income tax matters 
at March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. No penalties were accrued.

79

fi

The Company’s income tax returns filed for tax years 2006
through 2008 and 2005 through 2008 are subject to exami-
nation by the federal and state taxing authorities, respectively.
The Company is currently not under examination by the IRS 
or  any  state  income  tax  authority.  The  Company  does  not
anticipate that total unrecognized tax benefits will signifi cantly 
change  due  to  the  settlement  of  audits  or  the  expiration  of 
statute of limitations within the next twelve months. 

fi

12.   Employee Benefit Plans 

fi

The Company has a 401(k) plan available to substantially all 
of its employees. Participating employees may defer up to the 
IRS limit based on the IRC per year. The annual contribution
is determined by a formula set by the Company’s Board of
Directors and may include matching and/or discretionary con-
tributions. The amount of the Company match is discretionary 
and subject to change. The retirement plans may be amended 
or  discontinued  at  the  discretion  of  the  Board  of  Directors.
Contributions of $371, $357 and $317 were made by the 
Company to the 401(k) plan for the fiscal years ended March 
31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

fi

fi

The  Company  has  a  deferred  compensation  plan  (the
“Deferral Plan”) for the benefi t of those employees who qualify 
for  inclusion.  Participating  employees  may  defer  up  to  75% 
of their salary and 100% of their annual bonus for a Deferral 
Plan year. In addition, the Company may, but is not required 
to, make contributions into the Deferral Plan on behalf of par-
ticipating employees, and the amount of the Company match
is discretionary and subject to change. Each employee’s defer-
rals together with earnings thereon are accrued as part of the 
long-term liabilities of the Company. Investment decisions are 
made by each participating employee from a family of mu-
tual funds. Deferred compensation liability was $1,883 and 
$1,838 at March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. To offset 
this liability, the Company has purchased life insurance poli-
cies on some of the participants. The Company is the owner
and  benefi ciary  of  the  policies  and  the  cash  values  are  in-
tended  to  produce  cash  needed  to  help  make  the  benefitfi
payments to employees when they retire or otherwise leave
the Company. The Company intends to hold the life insurance
policy  until  the  death  of  the  plan  participant.  The  net  cash
surrender value of the life insurance policies for deferred com-
pensation was $2,670 and $1,715 at March 31, 2010 and 
2009,  respectively.  The  values  of  the  life  insurance  policies 
and the related Company obligation are included on the ac-
companying Consolidated Balance Sheets in long-term other 
assets  and  long-term  deferred  compensation,  respectively.
The Company made contributions of $48, $29 and $29 to 
the Deferral Plan for the fi scal years ended March 31, 2010, 
2009 and 2008, respectively.

fi

80

fi

The  Company  has  a  voluntary  employee  stock  contribution
plan  for  the  benefi t  of  full-time  employees.  The  plan  is  de-
signed to allow qualifi ed employees to acquire shares of the
Company’s common stock through automatic payroll deduc-
tion.  Each  eligible  employee  may  authorize  the  withholding
of up to 10% of his or her gross payroll each pay period to
be  used  to  purchase  shares  on  the  open  market  by  a  bro-
ker designated by the Company. In addition, the Company 
will match 5% of each employee’s contribution and will pay
all brokerage commissions and fees in connection with each 
purchase. The amount of the Company match is discretionary
and  subject  to  change.  The  plan  is  not  intended  to  be  an
employee benefi t plan under the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, and is therefore not required to comply 
with that Act. Contributions of approximately $35, $14 and
$28 were made by the Company for the fi scal years ended
March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

fi

fi

13.   Share-Based Awards

Employee Stock Option Plans

In September 1998, the Company’s shareholders approved a 
stock option plan (the “1998 Plan”) under which 4,000,000 
shares of Common Stock were reserved for the  issuance of
options.  The  1998  Plan  provides  that  employees,  directors 
and consultants of the Company may, at the discretion of the 
Board of Directors or a duly designated compensation com-
mittee,  be  granted  options  to  purchase  shares  of  Common
Stock.  The  exercise  price  of  each  option  granted  was  de-
termined by the Board of Directors at the date of grant, and
options under the 1998 Plan expire no later than ten years
from the grant date. Options granted will generally become
exercisable  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  agreement 
pursuant  to  which  they  were  granted.  Certain  option  grants
to  directors  became  exercisable  three  months  from  the  date
of grant. Upon an acquisition of the Company by merger or
asset  sale,  each  outstanding  option  may  be  subject  to  ac-
celerated vesting under certain circumstances. The 1998 Plan 
terminated on December 31, 2007. As of March 31, 2010, 
there were 301,462 outstanding options related to this Plan.

In  October  2005,  the  Company’s  shareholders  approved 
a  stock  option  and  incentive  plan  (the  “2005  Plan”)  under 
which  2,400,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  were  reserved
for the issuance of awards, including stock options, incentive
stock options and non-qualifi ed stock options, stock apprecia-
tion rights, restricted stock, unrestricted stock, restricted stock 
units,  performance  shares,  performance  units  (including  per-
formance options) and other share-based awards. The 2005
Plan  provides  that  employees,  directors  and  consultants  of
the Company may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors 
or  a  duly  designated  compensation  committee,  be  granted 

awards  to  acquire  shares  of  Common  Stock.  The  exercise 
price of each option award shall be determined by the Board 
of Directors at the date of grant in accordance with the terms
of the 2005 Plan, and under the 2005 Plan awards expire no 
later than ten years from the grant date. Options granted will 
generally become exercisable in accordance with the terms of 
the agreement pursuant to which they were granted. Upon an

acquisition of the Company by merger or asset sale, each out-
standing option may be subject to accelerated vesting under
certain circumstances. The 2005 Plan terminates on May 25, 
2015, unless terminated earlier by the Board of Directors. At 
March 31, 2010, 1,771,185 shares were available for future
grant under the 2005 Plan. As of March 31, 2010, there were 
570,501 outstanding options related to this Plan.

A summary of stock option transactions during the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 is as follows:

Number of Shares

Weighted Average
Exercise Price

Weighted Average
Remaining 
Contractual Life

Aggregate Intrinsic Value 
(in thousands)

Outstanding, March 31, 2007 

 1,461,950 

   Granted 

   Exercised 

   Forfeited/Canceled 

 225,500 

 (325,266)

 (58,450)

Outstanding, March 31, 2008 

 1,303,734 

   Granted 

   Exercised 

   Forfeited/Canceled 

Outstanding, March 31, 2009 

   Granted 

   Exercised 

   Forfeited/Canceled 

 298,331 

 (697,083)

 (84,900)

 820,082 

 289,484 

 (237,603)

–

 $ 18.46 

 $  38.78

 $ 14.64 

 $  21.12

 $ 22.81 

 $ 38.71 

 $ 17.96 

 $  25.93

 $ 32.39 

 $ 58.44 

 $ 24.64 

–

Outstanding, March 31, 2010 

 871,963 

 $ 43.15 

Vested and expected to vest, 
March 31, 2010 

 861,701 

 $  43.10

Exercisable, March 31, 2010 

 261,127 

 $ 31.92 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

 3.63 

7.75

2.49

–

4.51

4.50

2.49

–

–

$

4,955 

–

–

–

$ 17,182 

–

–

–

$

8,254 

–

 $ 15,945 

 $ 15,806 

 $

7,708

The Company continues to utilize the Black-Scholes valuation model for estimating the fair value of share-based compensation 
after the adoption of ASC 718 with the following assumptions:

Expected life 

Expected volatility 

Expected dividends 

Risk-free rate 

Year Ended
March 31, 2009

4.42 - 4.75 years

45.49% - 47.65%

1.90% - 2.20%

0.82% - 2.41%

Year Ended
March 31, 2009

4.01 years

42.00% - 46.70%

2.90% - 3.50%

1.07% - 3.40%

Year Ended
March 31, 2008

3.75 - 4.01 years

42.37% - 44.81%

2.67% - 3.38%

2.46% - 5.09%

During the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, 289,484
and 298,331 options were granted, respectively, under the 
2005 Plan. The Company issues new shares to satisfy option
exercises.  Based  on  historical  experience  of  option  cancel-
lations, the Company has estimated an annualized forfeiture
rate of 1.7% for employee options and 0.0% for director op-
tions. Forfeiture rates will be adjusted over the requisite service 
period when actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ,
from the estimate. The weighted average grant date fair value

of stock options granted during the years ended March 31, 
2010,  2009  and  2008  was  $19.30,  $11.22  and  $12.41
per  share,  respectively.  The  expected  dividend  yield  is  the
average dividend rate during a period equal to the expected
life of the option.

On February 16, 2010, the Board of Directors granted a to-
tal of 121,059 options under the Company’s 2005 Plan to
selected employees at an exercise price equal to the market 
price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant 

81

 
($56.95 per share). Of the total options, 118,059 options vest 
in fi ve equal annual installments beginning February 16, 2011
and expire on February 16, 2018 and 3,000 options vest in
two equal annual installments beginning February 16, 2011
and expire on February 16, 2013. 

On  December  7,  2009,  the  Board  of  Directors  granted  a
total of 63,425 options under the Company’s 2005 Plan to 
selected employees at an exercise price equal to the market 
price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant
($60.29  per  share).  The  options  vest  in  fi ve  equal  annual 
installments  beginning  December  7,  2010  and  expire  on
December 7, 2017.

On November 30, 2009, the Board of Directors granted a 
total  of  75,000  options  under  the  Company’s  2005  Plan, 
of which 53,000 were granted to selected employees and
22,000 options were granted as part of an earn-out provision 
relating to the acquisition of PMP (see Note 6), at an exercise
price  equal  to  the  market  price  of  the  Company’s  common
stock  on  the  date  of  grant  ($59.49  per  share).  The  options 
vest in fi ve equal annual installments beginning November 30, 
2010 and expire on November 30, 2017.

On September 17, 2009, the Board of Directors granted a to-
tal of 30,000 options under the Company’s 2005 Plan to an
employee at an exercise price equal to the market price of the 
Company’s common stock on the date of grant ($58.03 per
share). The options vest in fi ve equal annual installments begin-
ning September 17, 2010 and expire on September 17, 2017.

On  November  5,  2008,  the  Board  of  Directors  granted  a
total of 80,141 options under the Company’s 2005 Plan to
selected employees at an exercise price equal to the market
price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant
($42.20  per  share).  The  options  vest  in  four  equal  annual 
installments  beginning  November  5,  2009  and  expire  on 
November 5, 2013.

On  September  9,  2008,  the  Board  of  Directors  granted  a
total of 35,000 options under the Company’s 2005 Plan to 
non-management directors pursuant to the Company’s previ-
ously  announced  compensation  plan  for  non-management 
directors, at an exercise price equal to the market price of the 
Company’s common stock on the date of grant ($45.61 per 
share). The options vest in four equal annual installments begin-
ning September 9, 2009 and expire on September 9, 2015.

On August 18, 2008, the Board of Directors granted a total
of  50,000  options  under  the  Company’s  2005  Plan  to  an
employee at an exercise price equal to the market price of 
the Company’s common stock on the date of grant ($40.08

per share). The options vest in four equal annual installments
beginning August 18, 2009 and expire on August 18, 2013. 

On August 11, 2008, the Board of Directors granted a total of 
25,000 options under the Company’s 2005 Plan to selected
employees at an exercise price equal to the market price of 
the Company’s common stock on the date of grant ($40.71
per share). The options vest in four equal annual installments
beginning August 11, 2009 and expire on August 11, 2013.

On June 13, 2008, the Board of Directors granted a total of 
108,190 options under the Company’s 2005 Plan to selected 
employees at an exercise price equal to the market price of 
the Company’s common stock on the date of grant ($32.79 
per share). The options vest in four equal annual installments
beginning June 13, 2009 and expire on June 13, 2013.

Performance-Based Awards

On  May  27,  2009,  the  Board  of  Directors  approved  its
fi scal  2010  equity  incentive  program  for  employees  to  be
awarded options to purchase the Company’s common stock. 
The  maximum  number  of  options  available  under  the  eq-
uity incentive program plan is 320,000, of which 105,000
are reserved for the Company’s Named Executive Offi cers
and 215,000 for non-executive employees of the Company.
Under  the  program,  executives  are  eligible  to  receive  op-
tions based on meeting certain target increases in earnings 
per  share  performance  and  revenue  growth  during  fi scal 
year 2010 and for one executive, a portion of the options is
based on retention of employment status through the end of 
fi scal 2010. Under the program, the non-executive employ-
ees are eligible to receive options based on recommenda-
tion of senior management. The options shall be issued pur-
suant to one of the Company’s shareholder approved option
plans, have an exercise price equal to the closing price of
the Company’s shares on the date of grant, a term of eight
years, vesting in fi ve equal annual installments commencing
one year following the date of grant. Compensation expense
for the non-executive options will commence when granted.
Compensation expense associated with the executive perfor-
mance based awards are initially based on the number of
options expected to vest after assessing the probability that
certain performance criteria will be met. Cumulative adjust-
ments are recorded quarterly to refl ect subsequent changes
in the estimated outcome of performance-related conditions.
The  Company  utilized  the  Black-Scholes  option  valuation
model  and  the  recorded  stock  compensation  expense  re-
lated  to  the  executive  performance  awards  was  approxi-
mately $35 during the year ended March 31, 2010.

82

The following assumptions were utilized for performance
based awards under the Company’s 2010 incentive plan 
during the year ended March 31, 2010: 

Expected life

Expected volatility

Expected dividends

Risk-free rate

Year Ended 
March 31, 2010

4.42 years

45.49%

2.20%

2.32%

approximately $136 of compensation expense was recorded 
under this Plan during the year ended March 31, 2010. 

As of March 31, 2010, $295 of total unrecognized compen-
sation costs related to restricted stock units is expected to be 
recognized over a weighted average period of 1.37 years.
This amount does not include the cost of new restricted stock 
units that may be granted in future periods or any changes in 
the Company’s forfeiture percentage. During the year ended 
March 31, 2010, no restricted stock units became vested.

Non-vested stock option award activity, including employee 
stock options and performance-based awards, for the year
ended March 31, 2010, is summarized as follows:

14.  Commitments, Guarantees and

Contingencies

Rental Commitments

Non-Vested
Number of
Shares

Weighted
Average
Fair Value
Price

Outstanding, April 1, 2009

465,345

$ 11.74

   Granted

   Vested

289,484

$ 19.30

(143,993)

$ 12.03

   Forfeited/Canceled

–

–

Outstanding, March 31, 2010

610,836

$ 15.26

As of March 31, 2010, $7,995 of total unrecognized com-
pensation costs related to stock options is expected to be rec-
ognized over a weighted average period of 5.38 years. This 
amount does not include the cost of new options that may be
granted in future periods or any changes  in the Company’s
forfeiture  percentage.  The  total  fair  value  of  options  vested
during years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was
$1,732, $3,236 and $1,345, respectively.

Restricted Stock Units

On  May  27,  2009,  the  Board  of  Directors  approved  its 
Outside  Director  Compensation  Plan,  whereby  each  non-
employee Director is to be awarded shares of restricted stock 
units upon election or re-election to the Board. The restricted
stock units are awarded under the 2005 Plan. Such restricted 
units vest in two equal, annual installments on the first and sec-
ond anniversaries of the grant date and are nontransferable for 
one year following vesting. Upon each vesting of the award, 
two shares of common stock shall be issued for each restricted 
stock  unit.  The  Company  estimated  the  fair  value  of  the  re-
stricted stock units using the market price of its common stock 
on  the  date  of  the  grant  ($53.86  per  share  on  August  13,
2009, the grant date). The fair value of these restricted units is
amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. As
of March 31, 2010, 8,000 restricted units were issued and 

fi

The Company leases facilities and offi ces under irrevocable 
operating lease agreements expiring at various dates through
May 2017 with rent escalation clauses. Rent expense related 
to these leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the
lease  terms.  Rent  expense  for  the  years  ended  March  31, 
2010, 2009 and 2008 was $4,264, $3,560 and $2,737,
respectively. Rental commitments under these agreements are
as follows: 

Year Ended March 31,

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015 and beyond

$ 4,413

4,565

4,577

3,963

7,215

$ 24,733

Commitments and Guarantees

Software license agreements in both the QSI and NextGen
Divisions include a performance guarantee that the Company’s
software  products  will  substantially  operate  as  described  in 
the applicable program documentation for a period of 365 
days after delivery. To date, the Company has not incurred
any signifi cant costs associated with its performance guaran-
tee or other related warranties and does not expect to incur
signifi cant warranty costs in the future. Therefore, no accrual 
has  been  made  for  potential  costs  associated  with  these 
warranties.  Certain  arrangements  also  include  performance 
guarantees  related  to  response  time,  availability  for  opera-
tional use, and other performance-related guarantees. Certain 
arrangements  also  include  penalties  in  the  form  of  mainte-
nance credits should the performance of the software fail to
meet  the  performance  guarantees.  To  date,  the  Company 
has  not  incurred  any  signifi cant  costs  associated  with  these 

83

 
warranties and does not expect to incur signifi cant warranty
costs in the future. Therefore, no accrual has been made for
potential costs associated with these warranties.

The  Company  has  historically  offered  short-term  rights  of  re-
turn  in  certain  sales  arrangements.  If  the  Company  is  able 
to  estimate  returns  for  these  types  of  arrangements  and  all
other criteria for revenue recognition have been met, revenue
is  recognized  and  these  arrangements  are  recorded  in  the 
Consolidated Financial Statements. If the Company is unable
to estimate returns for these types of arrangements, revenue is 
not recognized in the Consolidated Financial Statements until 
the rights of return expire, provided also, that all other criteria 
of revenue recognition have been met.

The Company’s standard sales agreements  in the NextGen 
Division contain an indemnifi cation provision pursuant to which
it shall indemnify, hold harmless, and reimburse the indemni-
fi ed party for losses suffered or  incurred by the  indemnifi ed
party in connection with any United States patent, any copy-
right or other intellectual property infringement claim by any 
third party with respect to its software. The QSI Dental Division
arrangements  occasionally  utilize  this  type  of  language  as 
well. As the Company has not incurred any signifi cant costs to 
defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnifi cation 
agreements,  the  Company  believes  that  its  estimated  expo-
sure on these agreements is currently minimal. Accordingly, the 
Company has no liabilities recorded for these indemnifi cation
obligations. 

The  Company  has  entered  into  marketing  assistance  agree-
ments  with  existing  users  of  the  Company’s  products  which
provide  the  opportunity  for  those  users  to  earn  commissions
if  they  host  specifi c  site  visits  upon  the  Company’s  request 
for prospective customers that directly result in a purchase of
the  Company’s  software  by  the  visiting  prospects.  Amounts 
earned by existing users under this program are treated as a 
selling expense in the period when earned. 

Litigation

The Company has experienced certain legal claims by par-
ties asserting that it has infringed certain intellectual property 
rights. The Company believes that these claims are without 
merit  and  the  Company  has  defended  them  vigorously. 
However, in order to avoid the further legal costs and diver-
sion of management resources it is reasonably possible that 
a settlement may be reached which could result in a liability 
to the Company. However, at this time it is not possible to 
estimate with reasonable certainty what amount, if any, may 
be incurred as a result of a settlement. Litigation is inherently 
uncertain and always diffi cult to predict.

15.  Operating Segment Information

The  Company  has  prepared  operating  segment  information 
in accordance with ASC 280 to report components that are 
evaluated regularly by its chief operating decision maker, or 
decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources
and in assessing performance.

As  a  result  of  certain  organizational  changes,  the  composi-
tion  of  the  Company’s  NextGen  Division  was  revised  to 
exclude the former  NextGen Practice Solutions unit and the 
Company’s RCM entities (HSI and PMP), both of which are
now administered and aggregated in the Company’s Practice 
Solutions Division. Following the reorganization, the Company
now operates three reportable operating segments (not includ-
ing Corporate), comprised of the NextGen Division, the QSI
Dental Division and the Practice Solutions Division. 

Prior  period  segment  results  were  revised  to  refl ect  this  reor-
ganization for the Company’s NextGen Division and Practice 
Solution Division. The results of operations related to the HSI
and  PMP  acquisitions  are  included  in  the  Practice  Solutions
Division.  The  results  of  operations  related  to  the  Opus  and
Sphere acquisitions are included in the NextGen Division.

The  QSI  Dental  Division,  co-located  with  the  Company’s
Corporate Headquarters in Irvine, California, currently focuses 
on developing, marketing and supporting software suites sold 
to  dental  and  certain  niche  medical  practices.  In  addition,
the Division supports a number of medical clients that utilize 
the Division’s UNIX based medical practice management soft-
ware product.

The  NextGen  Division,  with  headquarters  in  Horsham,
Pennsylvania,  and  signifi cant  locations  in  Atlanta,  Georgia 
and Austin, Texas, focuses principally on developing and mar-
keting products and services for medical practices.

The  Practice  Solutions  Division,  with  locations  in  St.  Louis, 
Missouri  and  Hunt  Valley,  Maryland,  focuses  primarily  on 
providing physician practices with RCM services, primarily bill-
ing and collection services for medical practices. This Division 
combines a web-delivered SaaS model and the NextGenepm
software platform to execute its service offerings. 

fi

The three Divisions operate largely as stand-alone operations,
with each Division maintaining its own distinct product lines,
product platforms, development, implementation and support 
teams, sales staffi ng and branding. The three Divisions share
the resources of the Company’s “corporate offi ce” which in-
cludes a variety of accounting and other administrative func-
tions. Additionally, there are a small but growing number of
clients  who  are  simultaneously  utilizing  software  or  services
from more than one of its three Divisions.

84

The  accounting  policies  of  the  Company’s  operating  seg-
ments  are  the  same  as  those  described  in  Note  2  of  the 
Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  “Summary  of  Signifi cant
Accounting Policies,” except that the disaggregated financial
results of the segments refl ect allocation of certain functional 
expense categories consistent with the basis and manner  in
which Company management internally disaggregates finan-
cial information for the purpose of assisting in making internal
operating decisions. Certain corporate overhead costs, such

fi

fi

Operating segment data is as follows:

Revenue:

QSI Dental Division

NextGen Division

Practice Solutions Division

Consolidated revenue

Operating income:

QSI Dental Division

NextGen Division

Practice Solutions Division

   Unallocated corporate expense

Consolidated operating income

as  executive  and  accounting  department  personnel-related 
expenses,  are  not  allocated  to  the  individual  segments  by
management.  Management  evaluates  performance  based
on  stand-alone  segment  operating  income.  Because  the 
Company does not evaluate performance based on return on
assets at the operating segment level, assets are not tracked
internally by segment. Therefore, segment asset information is 
not presented.

March 31, 2010

March 31, 2009 March 31, 2008

$

17,128 

$

15,851 

$

16,037 

231,621 

43,062 

$ 291,811 

$

3,460 

88,108 

2,314 

(18,158) 

$

$

203,954 

25,710 

170,463

–

245,515 

$ 186,500 

3,385 

$

3,662 

81,323 

2,455 

66,558

–

(14,760) 

(10,831)

$

75,724 

$

72,403 

$

59,389 

All of the recorded goodwill at March 31, 2010 relates to the
Company’s NextGen Division and Practice Solutions Division.
As a result of the reorganization discussed above, the good-
will relating to the fiscal year 2009 acquisitions of HSI and 

fi

PMP is now recorded in the Practice Solutions Division. The 
goodwill relating to the acquisitions of Opus and Sphere is
recorded in the NextGen Division. 

16.  Subsequent Events

17.  Selected Quarterly Operating Results

On May 26, 2010, the Board of Directors approved a quar-
terly  cash  dividend  of  $0.30  per  share  on  the  Company’s
outstanding shares of common stock, payable to shareholders 
of record as of June 17, 2010 with an expected distribution 
date on or about July 6, 2010.

(unaudited)

The following table presents quarterly unaudited consolidat-
ed fi nancial information for the eight quarters in the period 
ended March 31, 2010. Such information is presented on 
the  same  basis  as  the  annual  information  presented  in  the
accompanying  Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  In  man-
agement’s  opinion,  this  information  refl ects  all  adjustments
that  are  necessary  for  a  fair  presentation  of  the  results  for
these periods.

85

 
06/30/08

09/30/08

12/31/08

03/31/09

06/30/09

09/30/09

12/31/09

03/31/10

Quarter Ended (Unaudited)

Revenues:
   Software, hardware and supplies
   Implementation and training services
      System sales
   Maintenance
   Electronic data interchange services
Revenue cycle management and
   related services
   Other services
Maintenance, EDI, RCM and
   other services

$ 21,369  $ 21,297  $ 22,336  $ 20,384  $ 17,776  $22,856  $ 24,346  $ 24,783
4,226
29,009
23,938 
9,181

3,313 
 27,659 
 22,139 
 8,897 

3,486 
24,783 
 17,234 
 6,985 

 2,675 
 25,011 
 19,152 
 8,008 

3,380 
26,236 
 21,475 
 8,796 

3,629 
24,013 
19,340 
7,859 

3,457 
21,233 
21,640 
8,161 

3,585 
24,954 
17,136 
6,670 

1,957 
4,507 

 4,527 
 5,452 

 6,835 
 6,473 

8,112 
6,507 

 8,992 
 6,612 

 8,888 
 6,303 

 9,602 
 6,665 

9,183
7,202

30,270 

 34,198 

 40,468 

41,818 

 45,405 

 45,462 

 47,303 

49,504 

      Total revenues

55,224 

 58,981 

 65,479 

65,831 

 66,638 

 71,698 

 74,962 

78,513 

Cost of revenue:
   Software, hardware and supplies

3,486 

 3,395 

 3,030 

3,273 

2,704 

 3,737 

 2,810 

   Implementation and training services

3,015 

 2,626 

 2,143 

2,502 

 2,881 

 3,296 

 2,898 

      Total cost of system sales

6,501 

 6,021 

 5,173 

5,775 

5,585 

 7,033 

 5,708 

   Maintenance
   Electronic data interchange services
   Revenue cycle management and
   related services
   Other services
   Total cost of maintenance, EDI, RCM
   and other services
   Total cost of revenue
   Gross profi t

Operating expenses:
   Selling, general and administrative
   Research and development costs
   Amortization of acquired
   intangible assets
   Total operating expenses
   Income from operations
Interest income
Other income (expense)
Income before provision for
income taxes
Provision for income taxes
   Net income

Net income per share:
   Basic*
   Diluted*

Weighted average shares outstanding:
   Basic
   Diluted
Dividends declared per common share

3,082 
4,891 

 2,947 
 5,256 

 2,826 
 5,541 

3,004 
5,686 

3,025 
 5,890 

1,305 
3,448 

 3,132 
 3,866 

 4,475 
 5,085 

 5,762 
5,114 

6,522
4,867

3,255
6,164

6,856
5,003

3,392
6,525

7,124
5,560

12,726 
19,227 
35,997 

 15,201 
 21,222 
 37,759 

 17,927 
 23,100 
 42,379 

19,566 
25,341 
40,490 

20,304
25,889
40,749

21,278
28,311
43,387

22,601
28,309
46,653

22,526
28,298
50,215

15,182 
3,119 

 18,000 
 3,342 

 18,276 
 3,624 

17,952 
3,692 

 20,093 
3,977 

20,061
4,346

21,574
3,954

25,223
4,269

70
18,371 
17,626 
 374 
– 

283
 21,625 
 16,134 
 340 
 – 

325
 22,225 
 20,154 
 328 
 – 

357
22,001 
18,489 
161 
(279)

357
24,427
16,322
78
58 

367
24,774
18,613
59
 – 

377
25,905
20,748
43
136

682
30,174
20,041
46
74

18,000 
6,886 

20,161
7,100
$ 11,114  $ 10,499  $ 13,150  $ 11,356  $ 10,346  $ 11,820  $ 13,152  $ 13,061

 20,482 
 7,332 

 16,474 
 5,975 

18,371 
7,015 

16,458
 6,112 

18,672
6,852

20,927
7,775

$     0.40  $     0.38  $     0.46  $     0.40  $     0.36  $     0.41  $     0.46  $     0.45
$     0.40  $     0.37  $     0.46  $     0.40  $     0.36  $     0.41  $     0.46  $     0.45

27,465 
27,771 

28,784 
28,929 
$     0.25  $     0.30  $     0.30  $     0.30 $     0.30  $     0.30  $     0.30  $     0.30

27,930 
28,211 

28,492 
28,635 

28,667 
28,833 

28,340 
28,473 

28,597 
28,742 

28,393 
28,526 

2,864

2,908

5,772

3,667
6,683

7,213
4,963

* Quarterly EPS will not sum to annual EPS due to rounding

86

Schedule II

Allowance For Doubtful Accounts
(in thousands)

Balance at
Beginning of Year

Additions Charged to
Costs and Expenses

$

$

$

3,877 

2,528 

2,438 

$ 3,465 

$ 2,089 

$ 1,171 

Allowance For Inventory Obsolescence
(in thousands)

Balance at
Beginning of Year

Additions Charged to 
Costs and Expenses

$

$

$

210 

223 

324 

$

$

$

27

–

52 

Deductions

$ (2,853)

$

(740)

$ (1,081)

Deductions

$

$

$

–

(13)

(153)

Balance at
End of Year

$ 4,489 

$ 3,877 

$ 2,528 

Balance at
End of Year

$

$

$

237 

210 

223 

For the Year Ended

March 31, 2010

March 31, 2009

March 31, 2008

For the Year Ended

March 31, 2010

March 31, 2009

March 31, 2008

87

Exhibit 31.1

fi

Certification of Principal Executive Offi
fi
 cer Required by Rule 13A-14(A) of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934, as Amended, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002

I, Steven T. Plochocki, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this Form 10-K of Quality Systems, Inc.;

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

fi
3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other fi
 nancial information included in this report, fairly present in 
all material respects the fi nancial condition, results of operations and cash fl ows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods
presented in this report;

fi

fi

4.  The registrant’s other certifying offi cer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and proce-
nedfi

fi
dures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over fi
 nancial reporting (as defi
in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

fi

(a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries,
is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

fi
(b)  Designed such internal control over fi nancial reporting, or caused such internal control over fi
nancial reporting to be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of fi nancial reporting and the
preparation of fi nancial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

fi

fi

fi

(c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclu-
sions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report
based on such evaluation; and

(d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over fi nancial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant’s most recent fi scal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fi
fi
scal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materi-
ally affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over fi nancial reporting; and

fi

fi

fi

5.  The registrant’s other certifying offi cer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons
fi
performing the equivalent functions): 

oo

(a)  All signifi cant defi ciencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over fi nancial reporting 
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial 
information; and

fi

fi

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a signifi cant role in the 

registrant’s internal control over fi nancial reporting. 

fi

By: /s/ Steven T. Plochocki 

  Steven T. Plochocki,
  Chief Executive Offi cer

(Principal Executive Offi cer)

Date: May 28, 2010 

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2

fi

Certifi cation of Principal Financial Offi
fi
 cer Required by Rule 13A-14(A) of the 
Securities Exchange Act Of 1934, as Amended, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Paul A. Holt, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this Form 10-K of Quality Systems, Inc.;

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not mislead-
ing with respect to the period covered by this report; 

fi
3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other fi
nancial information included in this report, fairly present in 
all material respects the fi nancial condition, results of operations and cash fl ows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods
presented in this report;

fi

fi

4.  The registrant’s other certifying offi cer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and proce-
nedfi

dures (as defi ned in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over fi
fi
 nancial reporting (as defi
in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

fi

(c)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries,
is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

fi
(d)  Designed such internal control over fi nancial reporting, or caused such internal control over fi
nancial reporting to be
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of fi nancial reporting and the
preparation of fi nancial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

fi

fi

fi

(e)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclu-
sions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report 
based on such evaluation; and

(f)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over fi nancial reporting that occurred during the
fi
 scal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materi-
registrant’s most recent fi scal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fi
ally affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over fi nancial reporting; and

fi

fi

fi

5.  The registrant’s other certifying offi cer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over
-rr
fi
fi nancial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons per
forming the equivalent functions):

(a)  All signifi cant defi ciencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial
information; and

fi

fi

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a signifi cant role in the

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

fi

Date: May 28, 2010 

By: /s/ Paul A. Holt 

Paul A. Holt,

  Chief Financial Offi cer

(Principal Accounting Offi cer)

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 32.1

fi

Certification of Chief Executive Offi
cer Pursuant to 18
fi
U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002

fi
cer and Chief Financial Offi

In connection with the annual report on Form 10-K of Quality Systems, Inc. (the “Company”) for the year ended March 31, 
2010 (the “Report”), the undersigned hereby certify in their capacities as Chief Executive Offi cer and Chief Financial Offi cer of
the Company, respectively, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002, that:

1. 

2. 

the  Report  fully  complies  with  the  requirements  of  Section  13(a)  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as
amended; and

the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of opera-
tions of the Company.

fi

Dated: May 28, 2010 

Dated: May 28, 2010 

By: /s/  Steven T. Plochocki

Steven T. Plochocki
  Chief Executive Offi cer 

(Principal Executive Offi cer)

By: /s/ Paul A. Holt 

Paul A. Holt

  Chief Financial Offi cer 

(Principal Accounting Offi cer)

90

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
This page intentionally left blank

This page intentionally left blank

C O R P O R A T E   I N F O R M A T I O N

L E G A L   C O U N S E L

Rutan & Tucker, LLP
Costa Mesa, California

I N D E P E N D E N T   A U D I T O R S

PricewaterhouseCoopers
Irvine, California

S T O C K   T R A N S F E R   A G E N T   & 
R E G I S T R A R

Computershare
Glendale, California

A N N U A L   M E E T I N G

The annual meeting of stockholders will be held on 
Wednesday, August 11, 2010 at 1:00 pm, Pacific Time at:

Marriott Irvine 
18000 Von Karman Avenue 
Irvine, California 92612

F O R M   10 - K

A copy of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K,  
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, is 
available on the Company’s website at www.qsii.com or by 
contacting the Company at:

18111 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 600 
Irvine, California 92612 
949.255.2600

B O A R D   O F   D I R E C T O R S

Sheldon Razin
Chairman of the Board

Steven T. Plochocki
Chief Executive Officer, Quality Systems, Inc.

Craig A. Barbarosh
Managing Partner – Orange County 
Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman, LLP

Murray Brennan, MD
Vice President, International Programs 
Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center

George Bristol
Independent Financial Consultant

Patrick B. Cline
President, Quality Systems, Inc.

Joseph Davis
Managing Partner, Triton Pacific Capital Partners

Ahmed Hussein
Director 
Cairo, Egypt

Russell Pflueger
Chairman and CEO, Quiescence Medical, Inc.

O F F I C E R S   O F   T H E   C O M P A N Y

Steven T. Plochocki
Chief Executive Officer, Quality Systems, Inc.

Patrick B. Cline
President, Quality Systems, Inc.

Paul A. Holt
Chief Financial Officer and Secretary, Quality Systems, Inc.

Scott Decker
President, NextGen Healthcare

Donn E. Neufeld
Executive Vice President, EDI and Dental

Monte L. Sandler
Executive Vice President, NextGen Practice Solutions

F O R W A R D - L O O K I N G   S T A T E M E N T S

Statements made in this Annual Report to Shareholders and in our Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Form 10-K”) contained herein (collectively, this “Report”), 
other reports and proxy statements filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), communications to shareholders, press releases 
and oral statements made by our representatives that are not historical in nature, or that state our or management’s intentions, hopes, beliefs, expectations 
or predictions of the future, may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, 
as amended. Forward-looking statements can often be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, such as “could,” “should,” “will,” “will be,” 
“will lead,” “will assist,” “intended,” “continue,” “believe,” “may,” “expect,” “hope,” “anticipate,” “goal,” “forecast,” “plan,” “potentially” or “estimate” or 
variations thereof or similar expressions. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance. Forward-looking statements involve risks, 
uncertainties and assumptions. It is important to note that any such performance and actual results, financial condition or business, could differ materially 
from those expressed in such forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, the risk 
factors discussed in Item 1A of our Form 10-K as well as factors discussed elsewhere in this and other reports and documents we file with the Commission. 
Other unforeseen factors not identified herein could also have such an effect. We undertake no obligation to update or revise forward-looking statements 
to reflect changed assumptions, the occurrence of unanticipated events or changes in future operating results, financial condition or business over time 
unless required by law. Interested persons are urged to review the risks described under Item 1A, “Risk Factors” and in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion 
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in our Form 10-K, as well as in our other public disclosures and filings with the Commission. 

t
i

a
r
t
r
o
P

t

n
e
m
e
g
a
n
a
M

-

h
c
a
b
n
r
i
B

n
e

l
l

A
 &
s
l
a
n
o
m

i

i
t
s
e
T

–

n
o
s
l
O
r
e
t
e
P

:
Y
H
P
A
R
G
O
T
O
H
P

e
n
w
o
B

:

G
N
I
T
N
R
P

I

.
c
n

I

,
n
g
i
s
e
D
r
e
k
r
a
B

:

I

N
G
S
E
D

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C O R P O R AT E   H E A D Q U A R T E R S / Q S I   D E N TA L   L O C AT I O N

18111 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 600

Irvine, California  92612

949.255.2600

www.qsii.com

N E X T G E N   H E A LT H C A R E   L O C AT I O N S

795 Horsham Road 

Horsham, Pennsylvania 19044 

215.657.7010

3340 Peachtree Road NE, Suite 2700 

Atlanta, Georgia 30326 

404.467.1500

286 Grand Avenue 

Southlake, Texas 76092 

215.657.7010

1836 Lackland Hill Parkway 

St. Louis, Missouri 63146 

314.989.0300

11350 McCormick Road 

Executive Plaza IV, Suite 600 

Hunt Valley, Maryland 21031 

443.933.4300

12301-B Riata Trace Parkway, Suite 200 

Austin, Texas 78727 

512.336.7200

www.nextgen.com